1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from GCC.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
5 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
6 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
8 This file is part of GCC.
10 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
11 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
12 Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
15 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
16 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
17 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
20 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
21 along with GCC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
22 Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
25 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
26 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
27 out locations for types and decls.
28 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
29 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
31 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
32 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
33 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
34 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
39 #include "coretypes.h"
46 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
48 #include "insn-config.h"
56 #include "dwarf2out.h"
57 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
63 #include "diagnostic.h"
66 #include "langhooks.h"
71 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
72 static void dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int, const char *);
75 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
76 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
77 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
78 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
79 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
80 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
81 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
82 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
83 CIE = Common Information Entry
84 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
85 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
86 FDE = Frame Description Entry
87 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
88 how to restore registers
90 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
91 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
93 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
97 dwarf2out_do_frame (void)
99 return (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG
100 || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
101 #ifdef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
104 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
105 || flag_unwind_tables
106 || (flag_exceptions && ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)
111 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
113 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
116 /* Various versions of targetm.eh_frame_section. Note these must appear
117 outside the DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO || DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO macro guards. */
119 /* Version of targetm.eh_frame_section for systems with named sections. */
121 named_section_eh_frame_section (void)
123 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
126 if (EH_TABLES_CAN_BE_READ_ONLY)
132 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
133 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
134 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
136 || ((fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
137 && (fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
138 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
139 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
140 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
141 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned))
145 flags = SECTION_WRITE;
146 named_section_flags (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME, flags);
150 /* Version of targetm.eh_frame_section for systems using collect2. */
152 collect2_eh_frame_section (void)
154 tree label = get_file_function_name ('F');
157 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
158 targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
159 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
162 /* Default version of targetm.eh_frame_section. */
164 default_eh_frame_section (void)
166 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
167 named_section_eh_frame_section ();
169 collect2_eh_frame_section ();
173 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
174 must be kept around forever. */
175 static GTY(()) varray_type used_rtx_varray;
177 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
178 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a VARRAY
179 because we want to tell the garbage collector about it. */
180 static GTY(()) varray_type incomplete_types;
182 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
183 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
184 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
185 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
186 define type declaration DIE's. */
187 static GTY(()) varray_type decl_scope_table;
189 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
190 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
191 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
194 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct *dw_cfi_ref;
195 typedef struct dw_fde_struct *dw_fde_ref;
196 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct *dw_cfi_oprnd_ref;
198 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
199 Information instructions. The register number, offset
200 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
201 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
203 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type {
205 dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num,
211 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct GTY(())
213 unsigned long GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num"))) dw_cfi_reg_num;
214 HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_offset"))) dw_cfi_offset;
215 const char * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_addr"))) dw_cfi_addr;
216 struct dw_loc_descr_struct * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_loc"))) dw_cfi_loc;
220 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct GTY(())
222 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next;
223 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc;
224 dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
226 dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
231 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
232 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
233 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
234 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
235 of this structure. */
236 typedef struct cfa_loc GTY(())
239 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
240 HOST_WIDE_INT base_offset;
241 int indirect; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
244 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
245 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
246 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
247 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
248 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
250 typedef struct dw_fde_struct GTY(())
253 const char *dw_fde_begin;
254 const char *dw_fde_current_label;
255 const char *dw_fde_end;
256 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi;
257 unsigned funcdef_number;
258 unsigned all_throwers_are_sibcalls : 1;
259 unsigned nothrow : 1;
260 unsigned uses_eh_lsda : 1;
264 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
265 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
267 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
268 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
269 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
270 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
272 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
273 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
276 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
277 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
278 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
281 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
282 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
285 /* According to the (draft) DWARF 3 specification, the initial length
286 should either be 4 or 12 bytes. When it's 12 bytes, the first 4
287 bytes are 0xffffffff, followed by the length stored in the next 8
290 However, the SGI/MIPS ABI uses an initial length which is equal to
291 DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE. It is defined (elsewhere) accordingly. */
293 #ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
294 #define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? 4 : 12)
297 #define DWARF_VERSION 2
299 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
300 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
301 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
303 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
304 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
305 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
306 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
308 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
312 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
313 information for each routine. */
314 static GTY((length ("fde_table_allocated"))) dw_fde_ref fde_table;
316 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
317 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_allocated;
319 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
320 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_in_use;
322 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
324 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
326 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
327 static GTY(()) dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head;
329 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
330 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
331 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
332 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
333 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
334 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde;
337 struct indirect_string_node GTY(())
340 unsigned int refcount;
345 static GTY ((param_is (struct indirect_string_node))) htab_t debug_str_hash;
347 static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter;
348 static GTY(()) unsigned long dwarf2out_cfi_label_num;
350 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
352 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
354 static char *stripattributes (const char *);
355 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned);
356 static dw_cfi_ref new_cfi (void);
357 static void add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref *, dw_cfi_ref);
358 static void add_fde_cfi (const char *, dw_cfi_ref);
359 static void lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref, dw_cfa_location *);
360 static void lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location *);
361 static void reg_save (const char *, unsigned, unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT);
362 static void initial_return_save (rtx);
363 static HOST_WIDE_INT stack_adjust_offset (rtx);
364 static void output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref, dw_fde_ref, int);
365 static void output_call_frame_info (int);
366 static void dwarf2out_stack_adjust (rtx, bool);
367 static void flush_queued_reg_saves (void);
368 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save (rtx);
369 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx, const char *);
371 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
372 static void output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref);
373 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location *,
374 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *);
375 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *build_cfa_loc
377 static void def_cfa_1 (const char *, dw_cfa_location *);
379 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
380 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
381 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
384 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
385 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
386 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
388 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
389 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
392 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
393 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
396 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
397 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
400 #ifndef FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
401 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
403 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
404 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
405 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
406 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
407 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
408 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
409 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
410 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
411 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
412 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
414 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
415 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
417 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
419 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
421 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
425 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
426 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
427 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
428 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
431 /* The offset from the incoming value of %sp to the top of the stack frame
432 for the current function. */
433 #ifndef INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
434 #define INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET 0
437 /* Hook used by __throw. */
440 expand_builtin_dwarf_sp_column (void)
442 return GEN_INT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM));
445 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
446 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
449 stripattributes (const char *s)
451 char *stripped = xmalloc (strlen (s) + 2);
456 while (*s && *s != ',')
463 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
466 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (tree address)
469 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (char_type_node);
470 rtx addr = expand_expr (address, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
471 rtx mem = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, addr);
472 bool wrote_return_column = false;
474 for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
475 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) < DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS)
477 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
478 enum machine_mode save_mode = reg_raw_mode[i];
481 if (HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED (i, save_mode))
482 save_mode = choose_hard_reg_mode (i, 1, true);
483 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN)
485 if (save_mode == VOIDmode)
487 wrote_return_column = true;
489 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode);
493 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset), GEN_INT (size));
496 #ifdef DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
497 gcc_assert (wrote_return_column);
498 i = DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN;
499 wrote_return_column = false;
501 i = DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN;
504 if (! wrote_return_column)
506 enum machine_mode save_mode = Pmode;
507 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = i * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
508 HOST_WIDE_INT size = GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode);
509 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset), GEN_INT (size));
513 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
516 dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned int cfi_opc)
520 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
521 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
523 return "DW_CFA_offset";
525 return "DW_CFA_restore";
529 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
530 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
531 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
532 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
533 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
534 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
535 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
536 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
537 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
538 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
539 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
540 case DW_CFA_undefined:
541 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
542 case DW_CFA_same_value:
543 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
544 case DW_CFA_register:
545 return "DW_CFA_register";
546 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
547 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
548 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
549 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
551 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
552 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
553 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
554 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
555 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
558 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
559 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
560 case DW_CFA_expression:
561 return "DW_CFA_expression";
562 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
563 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf";
564 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
565 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf";
566 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
567 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf";
569 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
570 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
571 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
574 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
575 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
576 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
577 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
578 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
579 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
582 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
586 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
588 static inline dw_cfi_ref
591 dw_cfi_ref cfi = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_cfi_node));
593 cfi->dw_cfi_next = NULL;
594 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
595 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
600 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
603 add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref *list_head, dw_cfi_ref cfi)
607 /* Find the end of the chain. */
608 for (p = list_head; (*p) != NULL; p = &(*p)->dw_cfi_next)
614 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. */
617 dwarf2out_cfi_label (void)
619 static char label[20];
621 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LCFI", dwarf2out_cfi_label_num++);
622 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
626 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
627 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
630 add_fde_cfi (const char *label, dw_cfi_ref cfi)
634 dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
637 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
639 if (fde->dw_fde_current_label == NULL
640 || strcmp (label, fde->dw_fde_current_label) != 0)
644 fde->dw_fde_current_label = label = xstrdup (label);
646 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
648 xcfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_advance_loc4;
649 xcfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr = label;
650 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, xcfi);
653 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, cfi);
657 add_cfi (&cie_cfi_head, cfi);
660 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
663 lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref cfi, dw_cfa_location *loc)
665 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
667 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
668 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset;
670 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
671 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
674 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
675 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset;
677 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
678 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc);
685 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
688 lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location *loc)
692 loc->reg = (unsigned long) -1;
695 loc->base_offset = 0;
697 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
698 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc);
700 if (fde_table_in_use)
702 dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
703 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
704 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc);
708 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
709 static dw_cfa_location cfa;
711 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
713 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store;
715 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
716 static HOST_WIDE_INT args_size;
718 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
719 static HOST_WIDE_INT old_args_size;
721 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
722 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
723 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
726 dwarf2out_def_cfa (const char *label, unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
733 def_cfa_1 (label, &loc);
736 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
737 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
740 def_cfa_1 (const char *label, dw_cfa_location *loc_p)
743 dw_cfa_location old_cfa, loc;
748 if (cfa_store.reg == loc.reg && loc.indirect == 0)
749 cfa_store.offset = loc.offset;
751 loc.reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc.reg);
752 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa);
754 /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */
755 if (loc.reg == old_cfa.reg && loc.offset == old_cfa.offset
756 && loc.indirect == old_cfa.indirect
757 && (loc.indirect == 0 || loc.base_offset == old_cfa.base_offset))
762 if (loc.reg == old_cfa.reg && !loc.indirect)
764 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction,
765 indicating the CFA register did not change but the offset
767 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset;
768 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
771 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
772 else if (loc.offset == old_cfa.offset && old_cfa.reg != (unsigned long) -1
775 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
776 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
777 offset has not changed. */
778 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_register;
779 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
783 else if (loc.indirect == 0)
785 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
786 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
787 the specified offset. */
788 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa;
789 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
790 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
794 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
795 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
796 register-offset pair is available. */
797 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc_list;
799 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression;
800 loc_list = build_cfa_loc (&loc);
801 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc = loc_list;
804 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
807 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
808 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
809 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
810 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
813 reg_save (const char *label, unsigned int reg, unsigned int sreg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
815 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
817 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = reg;
819 if (sreg == INVALID_REGNUM)
822 /* The register number won't fit in 6 bits, so we have to use
824 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended;
826 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset;
828 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
830 /* If we get an offset that is not a multiple of
831 DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, there is either a bug in the
832 definition of DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, or a bug in the machine
834 HOST_WIDE_INT check_offset = offset / DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
836 gcc_assert (check_offset * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT == offset);
839 offset /= DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
841 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf;
843 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = offset;
845 else if (sreg == reg)
846 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_same_value;
849 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_register;
850 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = sreg;
853 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
856 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
857 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
858 from the previous frame's window save area.
860 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
861 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
864 dwarf2out_window_save (const char *label)
866 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
868 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_window_save;
869 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
872 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
873 pushed onto the stack. */
876 dwarf2out_args_size (const char *label, HOST_WIDE_INT size)
880 if (size == old_args_size)
883 old_args_size = size;
886 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_args_size;
887 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = size;
888 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
891 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
892 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
895 dwarf2out_reg_save (const char *label, unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
897 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg), INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
900 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
901 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
904 dwarf2out_return_save (const char *label, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
906 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
909 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
910 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
913 dwarf2out_return_reg (const char *label, unsigned int sreg)
915 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (sreg), 0);
918 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
919 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
922 initial_return_save (rtx rtl)
924 unsigned int reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
925 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
927 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
930 /* RA is in a register. */
931 reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl));
935 /* RA is on the stack. */
937 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
940 gcc_assert (REGNO (rtl) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
945 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
946 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
950 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
951 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
961 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
962 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
963 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
964 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == CONST_INT);
965 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl, 0));
972 if (reg != DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN)
973 reg_save (NULL, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, reg, offset - cfa.offset);
976 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
980 stack_adjust_offset (rtx pattern)
982 rtx src = SET_SRC (pattern);
983 rtx dest = SET_DEST (pattern);
984 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
987 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
989 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
990 code = GET_CODE (src);
991 if (! (code == PLUS || code == MINUS)
992 || XEXP (src, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
993 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) != CONST_INT)
996 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1000 else if (MEM_P (dest))
1002 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
1003 src = XEXP (dest, 0);
1004 code = GET_CODE (src);
1010 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1012 rtx val = XEXP (XEXP (src, 1), 1);
1013 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
1014 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == PLUS
1015 && GET_CODE (val) == CONST_INT);
1016 offset = -INTVAL (val);
1023 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1025 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1032 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1034 offset = -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1049 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
1050 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out how
1051 much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
1054 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (rtx insn, bool after_p)
1056 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1060 /* Don't handle epilogues at all. Certainly it would be wrong to do so
1061 with this function. Proper support would require all frame-related
1062 insns to be marked, and to be able to handle saving state around
1063 epilogues textually in the middle of the function. */
1064 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn) || sibcall_epilogue_contains (insn))
1067 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
1068 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
1069 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1071 if (CALL_P (insn) && !after_p)
1073 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
1074 insn = PATTERN (insn);
1075 if (GET_CODE (insn) == PARALLEL)
1076 insn = XVECEXP (insn, 0, 0);
1077 if (GET_CODE (insn) == SET)
1078 insn = SET_SRC (insn);
1079 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (insn) == CALL);
1080 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn, 1)));
1085 if (CALL_P (insn) && !after_p)
1087 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables)
1088 dwarf2out_args_size ("", args_size);
1091 else if (BARRIER_P (insn))
1093 /* When we see a BARRIER, we know to reset args_size to 0. Usually
1094 the compiler will have already emitted a stack adjustment, but
1095 doesn't bother for calls to noreturn functions. */
1096 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1097 offset = -args_size;
1102 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)
1103 offset = stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn));
1104 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL
1105 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SEQUENCE)
1107 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1109 for (offset = 0, i = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
1110 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i)) == SET)
1111 offset += stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i));
1119 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1120 cfa.offset += offset;
1122 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1126 args_size += offset;
1130 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1131 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1132 if (flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables)
1133 dwarf2out_args_size (label, args_size);
1138 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1139 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1140 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1142 struct queued_reg_save GTY(())
1144 struct queued_reg_save *next;
1146 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_offset;
1150 static GTY(()) struct queued_reg_save *queued_reg_saves;
1152 /* The caller's ORIG_REG is saved in SAVED_IN_REG. */
1153 struct reg_saved_in_data GTY(()) {
1158 /* A list of registers saved in other registers.
1159 The list intentionally has a small maximum capacity of 4; if your
1160 port needs more than that, you might consider implementing a
1161 more efficient data structure. */
1162 static GTY(()) struct reg_saved_in_data regs_saved_in_regs[4];
1163 static GTY(()) size_t num_regs_saved_in_regs;
1165 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1166 static const char *last_reg_save_label;
1168 /* Add an entry to QUEUED_REG_SAVES saying that REG is now saved at
1169 SREG, or if SREG is NULL then it is saved at OFFSET to the CFA. */
1172 queue_reg_save (const char *label, rtx reg, rtx sreg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1174 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1176 /* Duplicates waste space, but it's also necessary to remove them
1177 for correctness, since the queue gets output in reverse
1179 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q != NULL; q = q->next)
1180 if (REGNO (q->reg) == REGNO (reg))
1185 q = ggc_alloc (sizeof (*q));
1186 q->next = queued_reg_saves;
1187 queued_reg_saves = q;
1191 q->cfa_offset = offset;
1192 q->saved_reg = sreg;
1194 last_reg_save_label = label;
1197 /* Output all the entries in QUEUED_REG_SAVES. */
1200 flush_queued_reg_saves (void)
1202 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1204 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1207 unsigned int reg, sreg;
1209 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1210 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg) == REGNO (q->reg))
1212 if (q->saved_reg && i == num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1214 gcc_assert (i != ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs));
1215 num_regs_saved_in_regs++;
1217 if (i != num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1219 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = q->reg;
1220 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = q->saved_reg;
1223 reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q->reg));
1225 sreg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q->saved_reg));
1227 sreg = INVALID_REGNUM;
1228 reg_save (last_reg_save_label, reg, sreg, q->cfa_offset);
1231 queued_reg_saves = NULL;
1232 last_reg_save_label = NULL;
1235 /* Does INSN clobber any register which QUEUED_REG_SAVES lists a saved
1236 location for? Or, does it clobber a register which we've previously
1237 said that some other register is saved in, and for which we now
1238 have a new location for? */
1241 clobbers_queued_reg_save (rtx insn)
1243 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1245 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1248 if (modified_in_p (q->reg, insn))
1250 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1251 if (REGNO (q->reg) == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg)
1252 && modified_in_p (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg, insn))
1259 /* What register, if any, is currently saved in REG? */
1262 reg_saved_in (rtx reg)
1264 unsigned int regn = REGNO (reg);
1266 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1268 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1269 if (q->saved_reg && regn == REGNO (q->saved_reg))
1272 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1273 if (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg
1274 && regn == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg))
1275 return regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg;
1281 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1282 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1283 value, not an offset. */
1284 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp;
1286 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
1287 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
1288 address) or saves a register to the stack or another register.
1289 LABEL indicates the address of EXPR.
1291 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
1292 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
1293 users need not read the source code.
1295 The High-Level Picture
1297 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
1298 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
1299 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
1300 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
1301 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
1303 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
1304 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
1305 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
1306 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
1307 saves. This also seems to work.
1309 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
1310 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
1311 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
1312 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
1313 It's also assumed that a copy from a call-saved register to another
1314 register is saving that register if RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on
1315 that instruction. If the copy is from a call-saved register to
1316 the *same* register, that means that the register is now the same
1317 value as in the caller.
1319 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
1320 offset is nonzero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
1321 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
1322 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
1324 In addition, if a register has previously been saved to a different
1327 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
1329 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
1330 consists of a register and an offset.
1331 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
1332 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
1333 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
1334 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
1335 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
1336 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
1337 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
1339 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
1340 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
1341 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
1344 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
1345 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
1346 and cfa_temp.offset.
1348 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
1351 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
1352 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
1353 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
1357 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
1358 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
1361 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
1362 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1363 cfa.offset unchanged
1364 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1365 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1368 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg
1369 {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
1370 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
1371 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
1372 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
1373 if cfa_store.reg==sp
1376 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1377 effects: cfa.reg = fp
1378 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
1381 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1382 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1384 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1385 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1386 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1389 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
1390 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1392 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
1393 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
1396 (set <reg> <const_int>)
1397 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1398 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1401 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
1402 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1403 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
1406 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
1410 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
1411 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1412 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1415 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
1416 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
1417 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1419 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1422 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
1423 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
1424 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1426 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1429 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>))
1432 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1433 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1436 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
1437 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1438 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1441 (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
1442 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1443 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
1444 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem)
1447 Â (set <reg> {unspec, unspec_volatile})
1448 Â effects: target-dependent */
1451 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx expr, const char *label)
1454 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1456 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
1457 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
1458 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
1459 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
1460 flag is set in them. */
1461 if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
1464 int limit = XVECLEN (expr, 0);
1466 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
1467 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index)) == SET
1468 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index))
1470 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index), label);
1475 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (expr) == SET);
1477 src = SET_SRC (expr);
1478 dest = SET_DEST (expr);
1480 if (GET_CODE (src) == REG)
1482 rtx rsi = reg_saved_in (src);
1487 switch (GET_CODE (dest))
1490 switch (GET_CODE (src))
1492 /* Setting FP from SP. */
1494 if (cfa.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (src))
1497 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
1498 relative to the current CFA register.
1500 We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
1501 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
1502 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
1503 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
1504 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
1505 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
1506 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
1510 /* Saving a register in a register. */
1511 gcc_assert (call_used_regs [REGNO (dest)]
1512 && (!fixed_regs [REGNO (dest)]
1513 /* For the SPARC and its register window. */
1514 || DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src))
1515 == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN));
1516 queue_reg_save (label, src, dest, 0);
1523 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
1527 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)))
1530 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1533 gcc_assert ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 1))
1535 offset = cfa_temp.offset;
1541 if (XEXP (src, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
1543 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
1544 gcc_assert (cfa.reg == (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
1545 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
1547 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM)
1548 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
1551 gcc_assert (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx);
1553 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
1555 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1556 cfa.offset += offset;
1557 if (cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1558 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1560 else if (dest == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
1563 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
1564 or adjusting the FP */
1565 gcc_assert (frame_pointer_needed);
1567 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
1568 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
1569 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT);
1570 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1571 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
1573 cfa.offset += offset;
1574 cfa.reg = HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM;
1578 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS);
1581 if (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
1582 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
1583 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT)
1585 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
1586 into the FP later on. */
1587 offset = - INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1588 cfa.offset += offset;
1589 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
1590 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
1591 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
1592 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
1596 else if (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
1597 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg
1598 && XEXP (src, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1600 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
1601 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
1602 gcc_assert (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1603 cfa_store.reg = REGNO (dest);
1604 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset;
1608 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM
1609 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT)
1611 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1612 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1621 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1622 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (src);
1627 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
1628 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg
1629 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT);
1631 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest) != cfa_temp.reg)
1632 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1633 cfa_temp.offset |= INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1636 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
1637 which will fill in all of the bits. */
1644 case UNSPEC_VOLATILE:
1645 gcc_assert (targetm.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec);
1646 targetm.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec (label, expr, XINT (src, 1));
1653 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1657 gcc_assert (REG_P (src));
1659 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
1661 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)))
1666 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
1667 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1))
1669 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1));
1671 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1672 && cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1674 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1675 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1676 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
1678 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1684 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1685 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == PRE_INC)
1688 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1689 && cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1691 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1692 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1693 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
1695 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1699 /* With an offset. */
1706 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT);
1707 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1));
1708 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == MINUS)
1711 regno = REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0));
1713 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) regno)
1714 offset -= cfa_store.offset;
1717 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) regno);
1718 offset -= cfa_temp.offset;
1724 /* Without an offset. */
1727 int regno = REGNO (XEXP (dest, 0));
1729 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) regno)
1730 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1733 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) regno);
1734 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
1741 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg
1742 == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)));
1743 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
1744 cfa_temp.offset -= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1751 if (REGNO (src) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1752 && REGNO (src) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
1753 && (unsigned) REGNO (src) == cfa.reg)
1755 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
1757 if (cfa.offset == 0)
1759 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
1760 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
1762 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1763 queue_reg_save (label, stack_pointer_rtx, NULL_RTX, offset);
1768 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
1769 calculate the CFA. */
1770 rtx x = XEXP (dest, 0);
1774 gcc_assert (REG_P (x));
1776 cfa.reg = REGNO (x);
1777 cfa.base_offset = offset;
1779 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1784 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1785 queue_reg_save (label, src, NULL_RTX, offset);
1793 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
1794 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
1795 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state.
1797 If AFTER_P is false, we're being called before the insn is emitted,
1798 otherwise after. Call instructions get invoked twice. */
1801 dwarf2out_frame_debug (rtx insn, bool after_p)
1806 if (insn == NULL_RTX)
1810 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
1811 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1813 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
1816 == (unsigned long)DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM));
1818 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
1821 cfa_temp.offset = 0;
1823 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1825 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = NULL_RTX;
1826 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = NULL_RTX;
1828 num_regs_saved_in_regs = 0;
1832 if (!NONJUMP_INSN_P (insn) || clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn))
1833 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1835 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn))
1837 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS)
1838 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn, after_p);
1842 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1843 src = find_reg_note (insn, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR, NULL_RTX);
1845 insn = XEXP (src, 0);
1847 insn = PATTERN (insn);
1849 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn, label);
1854 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
1855 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc
1856 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi);
1858 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1859 dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
1864 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
1865 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
1867 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
1868 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
1869 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
1870 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
1871 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
1872 return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr;
1875 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
1876 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
1877 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
1878 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
1879 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
1880 case DW_CFA_undefined:
1881 case DW_CFA_same_value:
1882 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
1883 case DW_CFA_register:
1884 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
1886 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
1887 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
1888 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
1889 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
1891 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
1892 case DW_CFA_expression:
1893 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc;
1900 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
1901 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc
1902 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi);
1904 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1905 dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
1909 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
1910 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
1912 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
1913 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
1914 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
1916 case DW_CFA_register:
1917 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
1920 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
1924 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1926 /* Map register numbers held in the call frame info that gcc has
1927 collected using DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM to those that should be output in
1928 .debug_frame and .eh_frame. */
1929 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT
1930 #define DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT(REGNO, FOR_EH) (REGNO)
1933 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
1936 output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref cfi, dw_fde_ref fde, int for_eh)
1939 if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_advance_loc)
1940 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc
1941 | (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset & 0x3f)),
1942 "DW_CFA_advance_loc " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX,
1943 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
1944 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_offset)
1946 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
1947 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (r & 0x3f)),
1948 "DW_CFA_offset, column 0x%lx", r);
1949 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
1951 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_restore)
1953 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
1954 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (r & 0x3f)),
1955 "DW_CFA_restore, column 0x%lx", r);
1959 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi->dw_cfi_opc,
1960 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi->dw_cfi_opc));
1962 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
1964 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
1966 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
1967 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
1968 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr),
1971 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
1972 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr, NULL);
1975 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
1976 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
1977 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
1978 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
1981 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
1982 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
1983 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
1984 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
1987 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
1988 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
1989 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
1990 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
1993 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
1994 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
1995 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
1996 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
1999 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
2000 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
2001 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2002 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2003 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
2006 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
2007 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
2008 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2009 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2010 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
2013 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
2014 case DW_CFA_undefined:
2015 case DW_CFA_same_value:
2016 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
2017 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2018 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2021 case DW_CFA_register:
2022 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2023 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2024 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2025 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2028 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
2029 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
2030 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
2033 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
2034 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
2037 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
2040 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
2041 case DW_CFA_expression:
2042 output_cfa_loc (cfi);
2045 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
2046 /* Obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf. */
2055 /* Output the call frame information used to record information
2056 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
2057 location of saved registers. */
2060 output_call_frame_info (int for_eh)
2065 char l1[20], l2[20], section_start_label[20];
2066 bool any_lsda_needed = false;
2067 char augmentation[6];
2068 int augmentation_size;
2069 int fde_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
2070 int per_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
2071 int lsda_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
2074 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
2075 if (fde_table_in_use == 0)
2078 /* If we make FDEs linkonce, we may have to emit an empty label for
2079 an FDE that wouldn't otherwise be emitted. We want to avoid
2080 having an FDE kept around when the function it refers to is
2081 discarded. Example where this matters: a primary function
2082 template in C++ requires EH information, but an explicit
2083 specialization doesn't. */
2084 if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
2085 && ! flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
2087 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
2088 if ((fde_table[i].nothrow || fde_table[i].all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
2089 && !fde_table[i].uses_eh_lsda
2090 && ! DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
2091 targetm.asm_out.unwind_label (asm_out_file, fde_table[i].decl,
2092 for_eh, /* empty */ 1);
2094 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't
2095 emit any EH unwind information. Note that if exceptions aren't
2096 enabled, we won't have collected nothrow information, and if we
2097 asked for asynchronous tables, we always want this info. */
2100 bool any_eh_needed = !flag_exceptions || flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables;
2102 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
2103 if (fde_table[i].uses_eh_lsda)
2104 any_eh_needed = any_lsda_needed = true;
2105 else if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO && DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
2106 any_eh_needed = true;
2107 else if (! fde_table[i].nothrow
2108 && ! fde_table[i].all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
2109 any_eh_needed = true;
2111 if (! any_eh_needed)
2115 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
2120 targetm.asm_out.eh_frame_section ();
2122 named_section_flags (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
2124 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL, for_eh);
2125 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, section_start_label);
2127 /* Output the CIE. */
2128 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh);
2129 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, CIE_END_LABEL, for_eh);
2130 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
2131 "Length of Common Information Entry");
2132 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
2134 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
2135 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
2136 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE),
2137 (for_eh ? 0 : DW_CIE_ID),
2138 "CIE Identifier Tag");
2140 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_CIE_VERSION, "CIE Version");
2142 augmentation[0] = 0;
2143 augmentation_size = 0;
2149 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
2150 augmentation section.
2151 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
2152 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
2153 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
2155 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
2156 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
2158 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
2159 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
2160 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
2162 p = augmentation + 1;
2163 if (eh_personality_libfunc)
2166 augmentation_size += 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding);
2168 if (any_lsda_needed)
2171 augmentation_size += 1;
2173 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
2176 augmentation_size += 1;
2178 if (p > augmentation + 1)
2180 augmentation[0] = 'z';
2184 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
2185 if (eh_personality_libfunc && per_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
2187 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
2189 + 1 /* CIE version */
2190 + strlen (augmentation) + 1 /* Augmentation */
2191 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
2192 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT)
2194 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
2195 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
2196 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
2198 augmentation_size += pad;
2200 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
2201 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
2202 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size) == 1);
2206 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
2207 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
2208 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT,
2209 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
2211 return_reg = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, for_eh);
2212 if (DW_CIE_VERSION == 1)
2213 dw2_asm_output_data (1, return_reg, "CIE RA Column");
2215 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (return_reg, "CIE RA Column");
2217 if (augmentation[0])
2219 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size, "Augmentation size");
2220 if (eh_personality_libfunc)
2222 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding, "Personality (%s)",
2223 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding));
2224 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding,
2225 eh_personality_libfunc, NULL);
2228 if (any_lsda_needed)
2229 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
2230 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding));
2232 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
2233 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
2234 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding));
2237 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
2238 output_cfi (cfi, NULL, for_eh);
2240 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
2241 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
2242 floor_log2 (for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE));
2243 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
2245 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
2246 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
2248 fde = &fde_table[i];
2250 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
2251 if (for_eh && !flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && flag_exceptions
2252 && (fde->nothrow || fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
2253 && ! (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO && DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
2254 && !fde->uses_eh_lsda)
2257 targetm.asm_out.unwind_label (asm_out_file, fde->decl, for_eh, /* empty */ 0);
2258 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, FDE_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
2259 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
2260 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, FDE_END_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
2261 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
2263 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
2266 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1, section_start_label, "FDE CIE offset");
2268 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, section_start_label,
2273 rtx sym_ref = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, fde->dw_fde_begin);
2274 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
2275 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding,
2277 "FDE initial location");
2278 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding),
2279 fde->dw_fde_end, fde->dw_fde_begin,
2280 "FDE address range");
2284 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, fde->dw_fde_begin,
2285 "FDE initial location");
2286 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2287 fde->dw_fde_end, fde->dw_fde_begin,
2288 "FDE address range");
2291 if (augmentation[0])
2293 if (any_lsda_needed)
2295 int size = size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding);
2297 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
2299 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
2300 + 4 /* CIE offset */
2301 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding)
2302 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
2303 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
2306 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (size) == 1);
2309 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, "Augmentation size");
2311 if (fde->uses_eh_lsda)
2313 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, "LLSDA",
2314 fde->funcdef_number);
2315 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
2316 lsda_encoding, gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, l1),
2317 "Language Specific Data Area");
2321 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
2322 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
2324 (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding), 0,
2325 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
2329 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
2332 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
2334 fde->dw_fde_current_label = fde->dw_fde_begin;
2335 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
2336 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
2338 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
2339 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
2340 floor_log2 ((for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)));
2341 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
2344 if (for_eh && targetm.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info)
2345 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
2346 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
2347 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
2348 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
2349 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, 0);
2352 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
2357 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
2361 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2362 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2364 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
2368 current_function_func_begin_label = NULL;
2370 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
2371 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c
2372 for call-site information. We must emit this label if it might
2374 if ((! flag_exceptions || USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)
2375 && ! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2378 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2382 function_section (current_function_decl);
2383 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
2384 current_function_funcdef_no);
2385 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
2386 current_function_funcdef_no);
2387 dup_label = xstrdup (label);
2388 current_function_func_begin_label = dup_label;
2390 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
2391 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
2392 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2396 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
2397 if (fde_table_in_use == fde_table_allocated)
2399 fde_table_allocated += FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
2400 fde_table = ggc_realloc (fde_table,
2401 fde_table_allocated * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2402 memset (fde_table + fde_table_in_use, 0,
2403 FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2406 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
2407 current_funcdef_fde = fde_table_in_use;
2409 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
2410 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use++];
2411 fde->decl = current_function_decl;
2412 fde->dw_fde_begin = dup_label;
2413 fde->dw_fde_current_label = NULL;
2414 fde->dw_fde_end = NULL;
2415 fde->dw_fde_cfi = NULL;
2416 fde->funcdef_number = current_function_funcdef_no;
2417 fde->nothrow = TREE_NOTHROW (current_function_decl);
2418 fde->uses_eh_lsda = cfun->uses_eh_lsda;
2419 fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls = cfun->all_throwers_are_sibcalls;
2421 args_size = old_args_size = 0;
2423 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
2424 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
2425 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2427 dwarf2out_source_line (line, file);
2431 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
2432 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
2436 dwarf2out_end_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2437 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2440 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
2442 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
2444 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_END_LABEL,
2445 current_function_funcdef_no);
2446 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
2447 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
2448 fde->dw_fde_end = xstrdup (label);
2452 dwarf2out_frame_init (void)
2454 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
2455 fde_table = ggc_alloc_cleared (FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2456 fde_table_allocated = FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
2457 fde_table_in_use = 0;
2459 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
2460 sake of lookup_cfa. */
2462 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
2463 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
2464 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET);
2465 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX);
2470 dwarf2out_frame_finish (void)
2472 /* Output call frame information. */
2473 if (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG
2474 || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
2475 #ifdef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
2476 || DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
2479 output_call_frame_info (0);
2481 #ifndef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
2482 /* Output another copy for the unwinder. */
2483 if (! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS && (flag_unwind_tables || flag_exceptions))
2484 output_call_frame_info (1);
2489 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
2490 for emitting location expressions. */
2492 /* We need some way to distinguish DW_OP_addr with a direct symbol
2493 relocation from DW_OP_addr with a dtp-relative symbol relocation. */
2494 #define INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr (0x100 + DW_OP_addr)
2497 typedef struct dw_val_struct *dw_val_ref;
2498 typedef struct die_struct *dw_die_ref;
2499 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct *dw_loc_descr_ref;
2500 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct *dw_loc_list_ref;
2502 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
2503 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
2504 implementation are listed below. */
2509 dw_val_class_offset,
2511 dw_val_class_loc_list,
2512 dw_val_class_range_list,
2514 dw_val_class_unsigned_const,
2515 dw_val_class_long_long,
2518 dw_val_class_die_ref,
2519 dw_val_class_fde_ref,
2520 dw_val_class_lbl_id,
2521 dw_val_class_lbl_offset,
2525 /* Describe a double word constant value. */
2526 /* ??? Every instance of long_long in the code really means CONST_DOUBLE. */
2528 typedef struct dw_long_long_struct GTY(())
2535 /* Describe a floating point constant value, or a vector constant value. */
2537 typedef struct dw_vec_struct GTY(())
2539 unsigned char * GTY((length ("%h.length"))) array;
2545 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
2546 represented internally. */
2548 typedef struct dw_val_struct GTY(())
2550 enum dw_val_class val_class;
2551 union dw_val_struct_union
2553 rtx GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_addr"))) val_addr;
2554 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_offset"))) val_offset;
2555 dw_loc_list_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc_list"))) val_loc_list;
2556 dw_loc_descr_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc"))) val_loc;
2557 HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((default)) val_int;
2558 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_unsigned_const"))) val_unsigned;
2559 dw_long_long_const GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_long_long"))) val_long_long;
2560 dw_vec_const GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_vec"))) val_vec;
2561 struct dw_val_die_union
2565 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_die_ref"))) val_die_ref;
2566 unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_fde_ref"))) val_fde_index;
2567 struct indirect_string_node * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_str"))) val_str;
2568 char * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_lbl_id"))) val_lbl_id;
2569 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_flag"))) val_flag;
2571 GTY ((desc ("%1.val_class"))) v;
2575 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
2578 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct GTY(())
2580 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next;
2581 enum dwarf_location_atom dw_loc_opc;
2582 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1;
2583 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2;
2588 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
2589 so you can track variables that are in different places over
2590 their entire life. */
2591 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct GTY(())
2593 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next;
2594 const char *begin; /* Label for begin address of range */
2595 const char *end; /* Label for end address of range */
2596 char *ll_symbol; /* Label for beginning of location list.
2597 Only on head of list */
2598 const char *section; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
2599 dw_loc_descr_ref expr;
2602 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
2604 static const char *dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned);
2605 static dw_loc_descr_ref new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom,
2606 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
2607 static void add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref *, dw_loc_descr_ref);
2608 static unsigned long size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2609 static unsigned long size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2610 static void output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2611 static void output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2613 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
2616 dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned int op)
2621 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr:
2622 return "DW_OP_addr";
2624 return "DW_OP_deref";
2626 return "DW_OP_const1u";
2628 return "DW_OP_const1s";
2630 return "DW_OP_const2u";
2632 return "DW_OP_const2s";
2634 return "DW_OP_const4u";
2636 return "DW_OP_const4s";
2638 return "DW_OP_const8u";
2640 return "DW_OP_const8s";
2642 return "DW_OP_constu";
2644 return "DW_OP_consts";
2648 return "DW_OP_drop";
2650 return "DW_OP_over";
2652 return "DW_OP_pick";
2654 return "DW_OP_swap";
2658 return "DW_OP_xderef";
2666 return "DW_OP_minus";
2678 return "DW_OP_plus";
2679 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
2680 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
2686 return "DW_OP_shra";
2704 return "DW_OP_skip";
2706 return "DW_OP_lit0";
2708 return "DW_OP_lit1";
2710 return "DW_OP_lit2";
2712 return "DW_OP_lit3";
2714 return "DW_OP_lit4";
2716 return "DW_OP_lit5";
2718 return "DW_OP_lit6";
2720 return "DW_OP_lit7";
2722 return "DW_OP_lit8";
2724 return "DW_OP_lit9";
2726 return "DW_OP_lit10";
2728 return "DW_OP_lit11";
2730 return "DW_OP_lit12";
2732 return "DW_OP_lit13";
2734 return "DW_OP_lit14";
2736 return "DW_OP_lit15";
2738 return "DW_OP_lit16";
2740 return "DW_OP_lit17";
2742 return "DW_OP_lit18";
2744 return "DW_OP_lit19";
2746 return "DW_OP_lit20";
2748 return "DW_OP_lit21";
2750 return "DW_OP_lit22";
2752 return "DW_OP_lit23";
2754 return "DW_OP_lit24";
2756 return "DW_OP_lit25";
2758 return "DW_OP_lit26";
2760 return "DW_OP_lit27";
2762 return "DW_OP_lit28";
2764 return "DW_OP_lit29";
2766 return "DW_OP_lit30";
2768 return "DW_OP_lit31";
2770 return "DW_OP_reg0";
2772 return "DW_OP_reg1";
2774 return "DW_OP_reg2";
2776 return "DW_OP_reg3";
2778 return "DW_OP_reg4";
2780 return "DW_OP_reg5";
2782 return "DW_OP_reg6";
2784 return "DW_OP_reg7";
2786 return "DW_OP_reg8";
2788 return "DW_OP_reg9";
2790 return "DW_OP_reg10";
2792 return "DW_OP_reg11";
2794 return "DW_OP_reg12";
2796 return "DW_OP_reg13";
2798 return "DW_OP_reg14";
2800 return "DW_OP_reg15";
2802 return "DW_OP_reg16";
2804 return "DW_OP_reg17";
2806 return "DW_OP_reg18";
2808 return "DW_OP_reg19";
2810 return "DW_OP_reg20";
2812 return "DW_OP_reg21";
2814 return "DW_OP_reg22";
2816 return "DW_OP_reg23";
2818 return "DW_OP_reg24";
2820 return "DW_OP_reg25";
2822 return "DW_OP_reg26";
2824 return "DW_OP_reg27";
2826 return "DW_OP_reg28";
2828 return "DW_OP_reg29";
2830 return "DW_OP_reg30";
2832 return "DW_OP_reg31";
2834 return "DW_OP_breg0";
2836 return "DW_OP_breg1";
2838 return "DW_OP_breg2";
2840 return "DW_OP_breg3";
2842 return "DW_OP_breg4";
2844 return "DW_OP_breg5";
2846 return "DW_OP_breg6";
2848 return "DW_OP_breg7";
2850 return "DW_OP_breg8";
2852 return "DW_OP_breg9";
2854 return "DW_OP_breg10";
2856 return "DW_OP_breg11";
2858 return "DW_OP_breg12";
2860 return "DW_OP_breg13";
2862 return "DW_OP_breg14";
2864 return "DW_OP_breg15";
2866 return "DW_OP_breg16";
2868 return "DW_OP_breg17";
2870 return "DW_OP_breg18";
2872 return "DW_OP_breg19";
2874 return "DW_OP_breg20";
2876 return "DW_OP_breg21";
2878 return "DW_OP_breg22";
2880 return "DW_OP_breg23";
2882 return "DW_OP_breg24";
2884 return "DW_OP_breg25";
2886 return "DW_OP_breg26";
2888 return "DW_OP_breg27";
2890 return "DW_OP_breg28";
2892 return "DW_OP_breg29";
2894 return "DW_OP_breg30";
2896 return "DW_OP_breg31";
2898 return "DW_OP_regx";
2900 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
2902 return "DW_OP_bregx";
2904 return "DW_OP_piece";
2905 case DW_OP_deref_size:
2906 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
2907 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
2908 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
2911 case DW_OP_push_object_address:
2912 return "DW_OP_push_object_address";
2914 return "DW_OP_call2";
2916 return "DW_OP_call4";
2917 case DW_OP_call_ref:
2918 return "DW_OP_call_ref";
2919 case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address:
2920 return "DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address";
2922 return "OP_<unknown>";
2926 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
2927 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
2928 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
2930 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
2931 new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom op, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd1,
2932 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd2)
2934 dw_loc_descr_ref descr = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node));
2936 descr->dw_loc_opc = op;
2937 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
2938 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned = oprnd1;
2939 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
2940 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_unsigned = oprnd2;
2946 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
2949 add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, dw_loc_descr_ref descr)
2951 dw_loc_descr_ref *d;
2953 /* Find the end of the chain. */
2954 for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
2960 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
2962 static unsigned long
2963 size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
2965 unsigned long size = 1;
2967 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
2970 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr:
2971 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
2990 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
2993 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
2998 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
2999 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
3037 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
3040 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
3043 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
3046 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
3047 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int);
3050 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
3052 case DW_OP_deref_size:
3053 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
3062 case DW_OP_call_ref:
3063 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
3072 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
3074 static unsigned long
3075 size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
3079 for (size = 0; loc != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
3081 loc->dw_loc_addr = size;
3082 size += size_of_loc_descr (loc);
3088 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
3091 output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
3093 dw_val_ref val1 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1;
3094 dw_val_ref val2 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2;
3096 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
3098 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3100 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, val1->v.val_addr, NULL);
3104 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3108 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3112 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG >= 64);
3113 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3120 gcc_assert (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc);
3121 offset = val1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr - (loc->dw_loc_addr + 3);
3123 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset, NULL);
3136 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
3137 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
3138 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
3139 only doing unwinding. */
3144 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3147 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3150 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3153 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3155 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
3156 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3190 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3193 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3196 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3199 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3200 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2->v.val_int, NULL);
3203 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3205 case DW_OP_deref_size:
3206 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
3207 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3210 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr:
3211 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL
3212 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL (asm_out_file, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
3214 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3221 /* Other codes have no operands. */
3226 /* Output a sequence of location operations. */
3229 output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
3231 for (; loc != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
3233 /* Output the opcode. */
3234 dw2_asm_output_data (1, loc->dw_loc_opc,
3235 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (loc->dw_loc_opc));
3237 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
3238 output_loc_operands (loc);
3242 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
3243 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
3246 output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref cfi)
3248 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
3251 /* Output the size of the block. */
3252 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc;
3253 size = size_of_locs (loc);
3254 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, NULL);
3256 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
3257 output_loc_sequence (loc);
3260 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from
3261 a dw_cfa_location. */
3263 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *
3264 build_cfa_loc (dw_cfa_location *cfa)
3266 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *head, *tmp;
3268 gcc_assert (cfa->indirect);
3270 if (cfa->base_offset)
3273 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0 + cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset, 0);
3275 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset);
3277 else if (cfa->reg <= 31)
3278 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0 + cfa->reg, 0, 0);
3280 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, cfa->reg, 0);
3282 head->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
3283 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
3284 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
3285 if (cfa->offset != 0)
3287 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, cfa->offset, 0);
3288 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
3294 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location
3295 descriptor sequence. */
3298 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location *cfa, struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc)
3300 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *ptr;
3302 cfa->base_offset = 0;
3306 for (ptr = loc; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->dw_loc_next)
3308 enum dwarf_location_atom op = ptr->dw_loc_opc;
3344 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_reg0;
3347 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
3381 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_breg0;
3382 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
3385 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
3386 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int;
3391 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
3392 cfa->offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned;
3395 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented\n",
3396 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr->dw_loc_opc));
3400 #endif /* .debug_frame support */
3402 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
3403 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3405 /* .debug_str support. */
3406 static int output_indirect_string (void **, void *);
3408 static void dwarf2out_init (const char *);
3409 static void dwarf2out_finish (const char *);
3410 static void dwarf2out_define (unsigned int, const char *);
3411 static void dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int, const char *);
3412 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned, const char *);
3413 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned);
3414 static void dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned, unsigned);
3415 static void dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned, unsigned);
3416 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block (tree);
3417 static void dwarf2out_global_decl (tree);
3418 static void dwarf2out_type_decl (tree, int);
3419 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree, tree);
3420 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree);
3421 static void dwarf2out_var_location (rtx);
3422 static void dwarf2out_begin_function (tree);
3424 /* The debug hooks structure. */
3426 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks =
3432 dwarf2out_start_source_file,
3433 dwarf2out_end_source_file,
3434 dwarf2out_begin_block,
3435 dwarf2out_end_block,
3436 dwarf2out_ignore_block,
3437 dwarf2out_source_line,
3438 dwarf2out_begin_prologue,
3439 debug_nothing_int_charstar, /* end_prologue */
3440 dwarf2out_end_epilogue,
3441 dwarf2out_begin_function,
3442 debug_nothing_int, /* end_function */
3443 dwarf2out_decl, /* function_decl */
3444 dwarf2out_global_decl,
3445 dwarf2out_type_decl, /* type_decl */
3446 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl,
3447 debug_nothing_tree, /* deferred_inline_function */
3448 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
3449 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
3450 something tries to reference them. */
3451 dwarf2out_abstract_function, /* outlining_inline_function */
3452 debug_nothing_rtx, /* label */
3453 debug_nothing_int, /* handle_pch */
3454 dwarf2out_var_location,
3455 1 /* start_end_main_source_file */
3459 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
3460 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
3461 throughout the remainder of this file. */
3463 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
3464 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
3465 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
3466 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
3468 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
3469 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
3471 typedef long int dw_offset;
3473 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
3475 typedef struct dw_attr_struct *dw_attr_ref;
3476 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct *dw_line_info_ref;
3477 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct *dw_separate_line_info_ref;
3478 typedef struct pubname_struct *pubname_ref;
3479 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct *dw_ranges_ref;
3481 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
3482 line number associated with the label generated for that
3483 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
3484 the line number entry. */
3486 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct GTY(())
3488 unsigned long dw_file_num;
3489 unsigned long dw_line_num;
3493 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
3495 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct GTY(())
3497 unsigned long dw_file_num;
3498 unsigned long dw_line_num;
3499 unsigned long function;
3501 dw_separate_line_info_entry;
3503 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
3504 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
3505 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
3507 typedef struct dw_attr_struct GTY(())
3509 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr;
3510 dw_attr_ref dw_attr_next;
3511 dw_val_node dw_attr_val;
3515 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure */
3517 typedef struct die_struct GTY(())
3519 enum dwarf_tag die_tag;
3521 dw_attr_ref die_attr;
3522 dw_die_ref die_parent;
3523 dw_die_ref die_child;
3525 dw_die_ref die_definition; /* ref from a specification to its definition */
3526 dw_offset die_offset;
3527 unsigned long die_abbrev;
3529 unsigned int decl_id;
3533 /* The pubname structure */
3535 typedef struct pubname_struct GTY(())
3542 struct dw_ranges_struct GTY(())
3547 /* The limbo die list structure. */
3548 typedef struct limbo_die_struct GTY(())
3552 struct limbo_die_struct *next;
3556 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
3557 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
3558 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
3561 /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
3562 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
3564 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
3565 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
3566 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
3567 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
3568 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
3569 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
3571 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
3572 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
3573 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
3574 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
3575 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
3576 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
3577 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
3578 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
3579 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
3580 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
3582 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
3583 language, and compiler version. */
3585 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
3586 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
3587 (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
3589 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
3590 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
3592 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
3593 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
3594 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3595 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3596 - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE)
3598 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
3599 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
3600 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
3601 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3602 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3603 - (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
3605 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
3606 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
3607 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
3608 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
3610 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
3614 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
3615 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
3616 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
3618 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
3619 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
3621 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
3622 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
3624 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
3625 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
3626 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
3627 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
3628 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
3630 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3631 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
3632 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
3633 static unsigned long next_die_offset;
3636 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
3637 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref comp_unit_die;
3639 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
3640 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node *limbo_die_list;
3642 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
3643 static GTY(()) varray_type file_table;
3644 static GTY(()) varray_type file_table_emitted;
3645 static GTY(()) size_t file_table_last_lookup_index;
3647 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe declarations.
3648 The key is a DECL_UID() which is a unique number identifying each decl. */
3649 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct))) htab_t decl_die_table;
3651 /* Node of the variable location list. */
3652 struct var_loc_node GTY ((chain_next ("%h.next")))
3654 rtx GTY (()) var_loc_note;
3655 const char * GTY (()) label;
3656 struct var_loc_node * GTY (()) next;
3659 /* Variable location list. */
3660 struct var_loc_list_def GTY (())
3662 struct var_loc_node * GTY (()) first;
3664 /* Do not mark the last element of the chained list because
3665 it is marked through the chain. */
3666 struct var_loc_node * GTY ((skip ("%h"))) last;
3668 /* DECL_UID of the variable decl. */
3669 unsigned int decl_id;
3671 typedef struct var_loc_list_def var_loc_list;
3674 /* Table of decl location linked lists. */
3675 static GTY ((param_is (var_loc_list))) htab_t decl_loc_table;
3677 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
3678 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
3679 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
3680 static GTY((length ("abbrev_die_table_allocated")))
3681 dw_die_ref *abbrev_die_table;
3683 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
3684 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated;
3686 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
3687 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use;
3689 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3690 abbrev_die_table. */
3691 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3693 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3694 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
3695 static GTY((length ("line_info_table_allocated")))
3696 dw_line_info_ref line_info_table;
3698 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
3699 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_allocated;
3701 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
3702 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_in_use;
3704 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3705 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
3706 static GTY ((length ("separate_line_info_table_allocated")))
3707 dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table;
3709 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
3710 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated;
3712 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
3713 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use;
3715 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3717 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
3719 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
3720 accessible names. */
3721 static GTY ((length ("pubname_table_allocated"))) pubname_ref pubname_table;
3723 /* Number of elements currently allocated for pubname_table. */
3724 static GTY(()) unsigned pubname_table_allocated;
3726 /* Number of elements in pubname_table currently in use. */
3727 static GTY(()) unsigned pubname_table_in_use;
3729 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3731 #define PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3733 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_arange info. */
3734 static GTY((length ("arange_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref *arange_table;
3736 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
3737 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_allocated;
3739 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
3740 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_in_use;
3742 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3744 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3746 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
3747 static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table;
3749 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
3750 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_allocated;
3752 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
3753 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_in_use;
3755 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3757 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3759 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
3760 static GTY(()) unsigned have_location_lists;
3762 /* Unique label counter. */
3763 static GTY(()) unsigned int loclabel_num;
3765 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3766 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
3767 static int current_function_has_inlines;
3769 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
3770 static int comp_unit_has_inlines;
3773 /* Number of file tables emitted in maybe_emit_file(). */
3774 static GTY(()) int emitcount = 0;
3776 /* Number of internal labels generated by gen_internal_sym(). */
3777 static GTY(()) int label_num;
3779 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3781 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
3783 static int is_pseudo_reg (rtx);
3784 static tree type_main_variant (tree);
3785 static int is_tagged_type (tree);
3786 static const char *dwarf_tag_name (unsigned);
3787 static const char *dwarf_attr_name (unsigned);
3788 static const char *dwarf_form_name (unsigned);
3790 static const char *dwarf_type_encoding_name (unsigned);
3792 static tree decl_ultimate_origin (tree);
3793 static tree block_ultimate_origin (tree);
3794 static tree decl_class_context (tree);
3795 static void add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref, dw_attr_ref);
3796 static inline enum dw_val_class AT_class (dw_attr_ref);
3797 static void add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned);
3798 static inline unsigned AT_flag (dw_attr_ref);
3799 static void add_AT_int (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, HOST_WIDE_INT);
3800 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT AT_int (dw_attr_ref);
3801 static void add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
3802 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref);
3803 static void add_AT_long_long (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned long,
3805 static inline void add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned int,
3806 unsigned int, unsigned char *);
3807 static hashval_t debug_str_do_hash (const void *);
3808 static int debug_str_eq (const void *, const void *);
3809 static void add_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
3810 static inline const char *AT_string (dw_attr_ref);
3811 static int AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref);
3812 static void add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_die_ref);
3813 static void add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
3814 static inline dw_die_ref AT_ref (dw_attr_ref);
3815 static inline int AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref);
3816 static inline void set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref, int);
3817 static void add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned);
3818 static void add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_loc_descr_ref);
3819 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref AT_loc (dw_attr_ref);
3820 static void add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
3822 static inline dw_loc_list_ref AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref);
3823 static void add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, rtx);
3824 static inline rtx AT_addr (dw_attr_ref);
3825 static void add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
3826 static void add_AT_lbl_offset (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
3827 static void add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
3828 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
3829 static void add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
3831 static inline const char *AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref);
3832 static dw_attr_ref get_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3833 static const char *get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref);
3834 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref);
3835 static const char *get_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3836 static int get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3837 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3838 static inline dw_die_ref get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3839 static bool is_c_family (void);
3840 static bool is_cxx (void);
3841 static bool is_java (void);
3842 static bool is_fortran (void);
3843 static bool is_ada (void);
3844 static void remove_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3845 static void remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_tag);
3846 static inline void free_die (dw_die_ref);
3847 static void remove_children (dw_die_ref);
3848 static void add_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
3849 static dw_die_ref new_die (enum dwarf_tag, dw_die_ref, tree);
3850 static dw_die_ref lookup_type_die (tree);
3851 static void equate_type_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3852 static hashval_t decl_die_table_hash (const void *);
3853 static int decl_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
3854 static dw_die_ref lookup_decl_die (tree);
3855 static hashval_t decl_loc_table_hash (const void *);
3856 static int decl_loc_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
3857 static var_loc_list *lookup_decl_loc (tree);
3858 static void equate_decl_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3859 static void add_var_loc_to_decl (tree, struct var_loc_node *);
3860 static void print_spaces (FILE *);
3861 static void print_die (dw_die_ref, FILE *);
3862 static void print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *);
3863 static void reverse_die_lists (dw_die_ref);
3864 static void reverse_all_dies (dw_die_ref);
3865 static dw_die_ref push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
3866 static dw_die_ref pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref);
3867 static void loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref, struct md5_ctx *);
3868 static void attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
3869 static void die_checksum (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
3870 static int same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref, dw_loc_descr_ref, int *);
3871 static int same_dw_val_p (dw_val_node *, dw_val_node *, int *);
3872 static int same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref, dw_attr_ref, int *);
3873 static int same_die_p (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, int *);
3874 static int same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
3875 static void compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref);
3876 static int is_type_die (dw_die_ref);
3877 static int is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref);
3878 static int is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref);
3879 static void assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref);
3880 static void break_out_includes (dw_die_ref);
3881 static hashval_t htab_cu_hash (const void *);
3882 static int htab_cu_eq (const void *, const void *);
3883 static void htab_cu_del (void *);
3884 static int check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned *);
3885 static void record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned);
3886 static void add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref);
3887 static void build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref);
3888 static void output_location_lists (dw_die_ref);
3889 static int constant_size (long unsigned);
3890 static unsigned long size_of_die (dw_die_ref);
3891 static void calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref);
3892 static void mark_dies (dw_die_ref);
3893 static void unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
3894 static void unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref);
3895 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames (void);
3896 static unsigned long size_of_aranges (void);
3897 static enum dwarf_form value_format (dw_attr_ref);
3898 static void output_value_format (dw_attr_ref);
3899 static void output_abbrev_section (void);
3900 static void output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref);
3901 static void output_die (dw_die_ref);
3902 static void output_compilation_unit_header (void);
3903 static void output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref, int);
3904 static const char *dwarf2_name (tree, int);
3905 static void add_pubname (tree, dw_die_ref);
3906 static void output_pubnames (void);
3907 static void add_arange (tree, dw_die_ref);
3908 static void output_aranges (void);
3909 static unsigned int add_ranges (tree);
3910 static void output_ranges (void);
3911 static void output_line_info (void);
3912 static void output_file_names (void);
3913 static dw_die_ref base_type_die (tree);
3914 static tree root_type (tree);
3915 static int is_base_type (tree);
3916 static bool is_subrange_type (tree);
3917 static dw_die_ref subrange_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3918 static dw_die_ref modified_type_die (tree, int, int, dw_die_ref);
3919 static int type_is_enum (tree);
3920 static unsigned int dbx_reg_number (rtx);
3921 static dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descriptor (rtx);
3922 static dw_loc_descr_ref one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int);
3923 static dw_loc_descr_ref multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx);
3924 static dw_loc_descr_ref int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT);
3925 static dw_loc_descr_ref based_loc_descr (unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT, bool);
3926 static int is_based_loc (rtx);
3927 static dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_descriptor (rtx, enum machine_mode mode, bool);
3928 static dw_loc_descr_ref concat_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx);
3929 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor (rtx, bool);
3930 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (tree, int);
3931 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree);
3932 static HOST_WIDE_INT ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned int);
3933 static tree field_type (tree);
3934 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits (tree);
3935 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits (tree);
3936 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT simple_type_size_in_bits (tree);
3937 static HOST_WIDE_INT field_byte_offset (tree);
3938 static void add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
3940 static void add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3941 static void add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, rtx);
3942 static void insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned, unsigned char *);
3943 static HOST_WIDE_INT extract_int (const unsigned char *, unsigned);
3944 static void insert_float (rtx, unsigned char *);
3945 static rtx rtl_for_decl_location (tree);
3946 static void add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree,
3947 enum dwarf_attribute);
3948 static void tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3949 static void add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref, const char *);
3950 static void add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref);
3951 static void add_bound_info (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, tree);
3952 static void add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref, tree);
3953 static void add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3954 static void add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3955 static void add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3956 static void add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3957 static void add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3958 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3959 static void add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree);
3960 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree);
3961 static void push_decl_scope (tree);
3962 static void pop_decl_scope (void);
3963 static dw_die_ref scope_die_for (tree, dw_die_ref);
3964 static inline int local_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
3965 static inline int class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
3966 static void add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree, int, int, dw_die_ref);
3967 static void add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3968 static const char *type_tag (tree);
3969 static tree member_declared_type (tree);
3971 static const char *decl_start_label (tree);
3973 static void gen_array_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3975 static void gen_entry_point_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3977 static void gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3978 static void gen_inlined_structure_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3979 static void gen_inlined_union_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3980 static dw_die_ref gen_enumeration_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3981 static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3982 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3983 static void gen_formal_types_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3984 static void gen_subprogram_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3985 static void gen_variable_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3986 static void gen_label_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3987 static void gen_lexical_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
3988 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
3989 static void gen_field_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3990 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3991 static dw_die_ref gen_compile_unit_die (const char *);
3992 static void gen_string_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3993 static void gen_inheritance_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
3994 static void gen_member_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3995 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3996 static void gen_subroutine_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3997 static void gen_typedef_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3998 static void gen_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3999 static void gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4000 static void gen_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
4001 static void decls_for_scope (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
4002 static int is_redundant_typedef (tree);
4003 static void gen_namespace_die (tree);
4004 static void gen_decl_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4005 static dw_die_ref force_decl_die (tree);
4006 static dw_die_ref force_type_die (tree);
4007 static dw_die_ref setup_namespace_context (tree, dw_die_ref);
4008 static void declare_in_namespace (tree, dw_die_ref);
4009 static unsigned lookup_filename (const char *);
4010 static void init_file_table (void);
4011 static void retry_incomplete_types (void);
4012 static void gen_type_die_for_member (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
4013 static void splice_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
4014 static int file_info_cmp (const void *, const void *);
4015 static dw_loc_list_ref new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref, const char *,
4016 const char *, const char *, unsigned);
4017 static void add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref *, dw_loc_descr_ref,
4018 const char *, const char *,
4020 static void output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref);
4021 static char *gen_internal_sym (const char *);
4023 static void prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
4024 static void prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref, int);
4025 static void prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref);
4026 static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref);
4027 static void prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref);
4028 static void prune_unused_types (void);
4029 static int maybe_emit_file (int);
4031 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
4032 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
4033 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
4035 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
4036 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
4038 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
4039 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
4041 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
4042 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
4044 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
4045 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
4047 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
4048 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
4050 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
4051 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
4053 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
4054 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
4056 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
4057 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
4060 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
4061 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
4062 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
4065 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
4066 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
4067 (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_constants \
4068 ? SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1 \
4071 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
4072 the section names themselves. */
4074 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
4075 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
4077 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
4078 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
4080 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
4081 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
4083 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
4084 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
4086 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
4087 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
4089 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
4090 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
4092 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
4093 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
4096 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
4097 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
4098 options is used and DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
4099 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
4100 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
4102 static char text_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4103 static char text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4104 static char abbrev_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4105 static char debug_info_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4106 static char debug_line_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4107 static char macinfo_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4108 static char loc_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4109 static char ranges_section_label[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4111 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
4112 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
4114 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
4115 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
4117 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
4118 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
4120 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
4121 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
4123 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
4124 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
4127 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
4128 called to "demangle" any name before it is put into a DIE. */
4130 static const char *(*demangle_name_func) (const char *);
4133 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (const char *(*func) (const char *))
4135 demangle_name_func = func;
4138 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
4141 is_pseudo_reg (rtx rtl)
4143 return ((REG_P (rtl) && REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
4144 || (GET_CODE (rtl) == SUBREG
4145 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER));
4148 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
4152 type_main_variant (tree type)
4154 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
4156 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
4157 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
4158 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
4159 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
4161 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
4162 while (type != TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type))
4163 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
4168 /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
4171 is_tagged_type (tree type)
4173 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
4175 return (code == RECORD_TYPE || code == UNION_TYPE
4176 || code == QUAL_UNION_TYPE || code == ENUMERAL_TYPE);
4179 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
4182 dwarf_tag_name (unsigned int tag)
4186 case DW_TAG_padding:
4187 return "DW_TAG_padding";
4188 case DW_TAG_array_type:
4189 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
4190 case DW_TAG_class_type:
4191 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
4192 case DW_TAG_entry_point:
4193 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
4194 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
4195 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
4196 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter:
4197 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
4198 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration:
4199 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
4201 return "DW_TAG_label";
4202 case DW_TAG_lexical_block:
4203 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
4205 return "DW_TAG_member";
4206 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
4207 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
4208 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
4209 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
4210 case DW_TAG_compile_unit:
4211 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
4212 case DW_TAG_string_type:
4213 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
4214 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
4215 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
4216 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
4217 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
4218 case DW_TAG_typedef:
4219 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
4220 case DW_TAG_union_type:
4221 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
4222 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters:
4223 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
4224 case DW_TAG_variant:
4225 return "DW_TAG_variant";
4226 case DW_TAG_common_block:
4227 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
4228 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion:
4229 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
4230 case DW_TAG_inheritance:
4231 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
4232 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine:
4233 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
4235 return "DW_TAG_module";
4236 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
4237 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
4238 case DW_TAG_set_type:
4239 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
4240 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
4241 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
4242 case DW_TAG_with_stmt:
4243 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
4244 case DW_TAG_access_declaration:
4245 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
4246 case DW_TAG_base_type:
4247 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
4248 case DW_TAG_catch_block:
4249 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
4250 case DW_TAG_const_type:
4251 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
4252 case DW_TAG_constant:
4253 return "DW_TAG_constant";
4254 case DW_TAG_enumerator:
4255 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
4256 case DW_TAG_file_type:
4257 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
4259 return "DW_TAG_friend";
4260 case DW_TAG_namelist:
4261 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
4262 case DW_TAG_namelist_item:
4263 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
4264 case DW_TAG_namespace:
4265 return "DW_TAG_namespace";
4266 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
4267 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
4268 case DW_TAG_subprogram:
4269 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
4270 case DW_TAG_template_type_param:
4271 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
4272 case DW_TAG_template_value_param:
4273 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
4274 case DW_TAG_thrown_type:
4275 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
4276 case DW_TAG_try_block:
4277 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
4278 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
4279 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
4280 case DW_TAG_variable:
4281 return "DW_TAG_variable";
4282 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
4283 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
4284 case DW_TAG_imported_module:
4285 return "DW_TAG_imported_module";
4286 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop:
4287 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
4288 case DW_TAG_format_label:
4289 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
4290 case DW_TAG_function_template:
4291 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
4292 case DW_TAG_class_template:
4293 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
4294 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL:
4295 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
4296 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL:
4297 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
4299 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
4303 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
4306 dwarf_attr_name (unsigned int attr)
4311 return "DW_AT_sibling";
4312 case DW_AT_location:
4313 return "DW_AT_location";
4315 return "DW_AT_name";
4316 case DW_AT_ordering:
4317 return "DW_AT_ordering";
4318 case DW_AT_subscr_data:
4319 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
4320 case DW_AT_byte_size:
4321 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
4322 case DW_AT_bit_offset:
4323 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
4324 case DW_AT_bit_size:
4325 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
4326 case DW_AT_element_list:
4327 return "DW_AT_element_list";
4328 case DW_AT_stmt_list:
4329 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
4331 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
4333 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
4334 case DW_AT_language:
4335 return "DW_AT_language";
4337 return "DW_AT_member";
4339 return "DW_AT_discr";
4340 case DW_AT_discr_value:
4341 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
4342 case DW_AT_visibility:
4343 return "DW_AT_visibility";
4345 return "DW_AT_import";
4346 case DW_AT_string_length:
4347 return "DW_AT_string_length";
4348 case DW_AT_common_reference:
4349 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
4350 case DW_AT_comp_dir:
4351 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
4352 case DW_AT_const_value:
4353 return "DW_AT_const_value";
4354 case DW_AT_containing_type:
4355 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
4356 case DW_AT_default_value:
4357 return "DW_AT_default_value";
4359 return "DW_AT_inline";
4360 case DW_AT_is_optional:
4361 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
4362 case DW_AT_lower_bound:
4363 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
4364 case DW_AT_producer:
4365 return "DW_AT_producer";
4366 case DW_AT_prototyped:
4367 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
4368 case DW_AT_return_addr:
4369 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
4370 case DW_AT_start_scope:
4371 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
4372 case DW_AT_stride_size:
4373 return "DW_AT_stride_size";
4374 case DW_AT_upper_bound:
4375 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
4376 case DW_AT_abstract_origin:
4377 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
4378 case DW_AT_accessibility:
4379 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
4380 case DW_AT_address_class:
4381 return "DW_AT_address_class";
4382 case DW_AT_artificial:
4383 return "DW_AT_artificial";
4384 case DW_AT_base_types:
4385 return "DW_AT_base_types";
4386 case DW_AT_calling_convention:
4387 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
4389 return "DW_AT_count";
4390 case DW_AT_data_member_location:
4391 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
4392 case DW_AT_decl_column:
4393 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
4394 case DW_AT_decl_file:
4395 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
4396 case DW_AT_decl_line:
4397 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
4398 case DW_AT_declaration:
4399 return "DW_AT_declaration";
4400 case DW_AT_discr_list:
4401 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
4402 case DW_AT_encoding:
4403 return "DW_AT_encoding";
4404 case DW_AT_external:
4405 return "DW_AT_external";
4406 case DW_AT_frame_base:
4407 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
4409 return "DW_AT_friend";
4410 case DW_AT_identifier_case:
4411 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
4412 case DW_AT_macro_info:
4413 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
4414 case DW_AT_namelist_items:
4415 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
4416 case DW_AT_priority:
4417 return "DW_AT_priority";
4419 return "DW_AT_segment";
4420 case DW_AT_specification:
4421 return "DW_AT_specification";
4422 case DW_AT_static_link:
4423 return "DW_AT_static_link";
4425 return "DW_AT_type";
4426 case DW_AT_use_location:
4427 return "DW_AT_use_location";
4428 case DW_AT_variable_parameter:
4429 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
4430 case DW_AT_virtuality:
4431 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
4432 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location:
4433 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
4435 case DW_AT_allocated:
4436 return "DW_AT_allocated";
4437 case DW_AT_associated:
4438 return "DW_AT_associated";
4439 case DW_AT_data_location:
4440 return "DW_AT_data_location";
4442 return "DW_AT_stride";
4443 case DW_AT_entry_pc:
4444 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
4445 case DW_AT_use_UTF8:
4446 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
4447 case DW_AT_extension:
4448 return "DW_AT_extension";
4450 return "DW_AT_ranges";
4451 case DW_AT_trampoline:
4452 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
4453 case DW_AT_call_column:
4454 return "DW_AT_call_column";
4455 case DW_AT_call_file:
4456 return "DW_AT_call_file";
4457 case DW_AT_call_line:
4458 return "DW_AT_call_line";
4460 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde:
4461 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
4462 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin:
4463 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
4464 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin:
4465 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
4466 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin:
4467 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
4468 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor:
4469 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
4470 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth:
4471 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
4472 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name:
4473 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
4474 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride:
4475 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
4476 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name:
4477 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
4478 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin:
4479 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
4480 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines:
4481 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
4483 case DW_AT_sf_names:
4484 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
4485 case DW_AT_src_info:
4486 return "DW_AT_src_info";
4487 case DW_AT_mac_info:
4488 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
4489 case DW_AT_src_coords:
4490 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
4491 case DW_AT_body_begin:
4492 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
4493 case DW_AT_body_end:
4494 return "DW_AT_body_end";
4495 case DW_AT_GNU_vector:
4496 return "DW_AT_GNU_vector";
4498 case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address:
4499 return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
4502 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
4506 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
4509 dwarf_form_name (unsigned int form)
4514 return "DW_FORM_addr";
4515 case DW_FORM_block2:
4516 return "DW_FORM_block2";
4517 case DW_FORM_block4:
4518 return "DW_FORM_block4";
4520 return "DW_FORM_data2";
4522 return "DW_FORM_data4";
4524 return "DW_FORM_data8";
4525 case DW_FORM_string:
4526 return "DW_FORM_string";
4528 return "DW_FORM_block";
4529 case DW_FORM_block1:
4530 return "DW_FORM_block1";
4532 return "DW_FORM_data1";
4534 return "DW_FORM_flag";
4536 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
4538 return "DW_FORM_strp";
4540 return "DW_FORM_udata";
4541 case DW_FORM_ref_addr:
4542 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
4544 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
4546 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
4548 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
4550 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
4551 case DW_FORM_ref_udata:
4552 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
4553 case DW_FORM_indirect:
4554 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
4556 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
4560 /* Convert a DWARF type code into its string name. */
4564 dwarf_type_encoding_name (unsigned enc)
4568 case DW_ATE_address:
4569 return "DW_ATE_address";
4570 case DW_ATE_boolean:
4571 return "DW_ATE_boolean";
4572 case DW_ATE_complex_float:
4573 return "DW_ATE_complex_float";
4575 return "DW_ATE_float";
4577 return "DW_ATE_signed";
4578 case DW_ATE_signed_char:
4579 return "DW_ATE_signed_char";
4580 case DW_ATE_unsigned:
4581 return "DW_ATE_unsigned";
4582 case DW_ATE_unsigned_char:
4583 return "DW_ATE_unsigned_char";
4585 return "DW_ATE_<unknown>";
4590 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
4591 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
4592 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4593 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4597 decl_ultimate_origin (tree decl)
4599 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4600 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4601 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4602 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == decl)
4605 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
4606 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
4607 gcc_assert (!DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl)));
4609 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl);
4612 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a block. The block may be an inlined
4613 instance of an inlined instance of a block which is local to an inline
4614 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4615 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4619 block_ultimate_origin (tree block)
4621 tree immediate_origin = BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (block);
4623 /* output_inline_function sets BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4624 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4625 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4626 if (BLOCK_ABSTRACT (block) && immediate_origin == block)
4629 if (immediate_origin == NULL_TREE)
4634 tree lookahead = immediate_origin;
4638 ret_val = lookahead;
4639 lookahead = (TREE_CODE (ret_val) == BLOCK
4640 ? BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (ret_val) : NULL);
4642 while (lookahead != NULL && lookahead != ret_val);
4644 /* The block's abstract origin chain may not be the *ultimate* origin of
4645 the block. It could lead to a DECL that has an abstract origin set.
4646 If so, we want that DECL's abstract origin (which is what DECL_ORIGIN
4647 will give us if it has one). Note that DECL's abstract origins are
4648 supposed to be the most distant ancestor (or so decl_ultimate_origin
4649 claims), so we don't need to loop following the DECL origins. */
4650 if (DECL_P (ret_val))
4651 return DECL_ORIGIN (ret_val);
4657 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
4658 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
4662 decl_class_context (tree decl)
4664 tree context = NULL_TREE;
4666 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || ! DECL_VINDEX (decl))
4667 context = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
4669 context = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
4670 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl)))));
4672 if (context && !TYPE_P (context))
4673 context = NULL_TREE;
4678 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. We build the lists up in reverse
4679 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
4682 add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref die, dw_attr_ref attr)
4684 if (die != NULL && attr != NULL)
4686 attr->dw_attr_next = die->die_attr;
4687 die->die_attr = attr;
4691 static inline enum dw_val_class
4692 AT_class (dw_attr_ref a)
4694 return a->dw_attr_val.val_class;
4697 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
4700 add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int flag)
4702 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4704 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4705 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4706 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_flag;
4707 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag = flag;
4708 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4711 static inline unsigned
4712 AT_flag (dw_attr_ref a)
4714 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_flag);
4715 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag;
4718 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4721 add_AT_int (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, HOST_WIDE_INT int_val)
4723 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4725 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4726 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4727 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
4728 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_int = int_val;
4729 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4732 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
4733 AT_int (dw_attr_ref a)
4735 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_const);
4736 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_int;
4739 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4742 add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4743 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned_val)
4745 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4747 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4748 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4749 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
4750 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned = unsigned_val;
4751 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4754 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
4755 AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref a)
4757 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const);
4758 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned;
4761 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4764 add_AT_long_long (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4765 long unsigned int val_hi, long unsigned int val_low)
4767 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4769 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4770 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4771 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_long_long;
4772 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi = val_hi;
4773 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low = val_low;
4774 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4777 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
4780 add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4781 unsigned int length, unsigned int elt_size, unsigned char *array)
4783 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4785 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4786 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4787 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
4788 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length = length;
4789 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size = elt_size;
4790 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.array = array;
4791 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4794 /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */
4797 debug_str_do_hash (const void *x)
4799 return htab_hash_string (((const struct indirect_string_node *)x)->str);
4803 debug_str_eq (const void *x1, const void *x2)
4805 return strcmp ((((const struct indirect_string_node *)x1)->str),
4806 (const char *)x2) == 0;
4809 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
4812 add_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *str)
4814 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4815 struct indirect_string_node *node;
4818 if (! debug_str_hash)
4819 debug_str_hash = htab_create_ggc (10, debug_str_do_hash,
4820 debug_str_eq, NULL);
4822 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash, str,
4823 htab_hash_string (str), INSERT);
4825 *slot = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct indirect_string_node));
4826 node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *slot;
4827 node->str = ggc_strdup (str);
4830 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4831 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4832 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_str;
4833 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_str = node;
4834 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4837 static inline const char *
4838 AT_string (dw_attr_ref a)
4840 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str);
4841 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str;
4844 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
4845 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
4848 AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref a)
4850 struct indirect_string_node *node;
4854 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str);
4856 node = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str;
4860 len = strlen (node->str) + 1;
4862 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
4863 always better to put it inline. */
4864 if (len <= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE || node->refcount == 0)
4865 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
4867 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
4868 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
4870 if ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS & SECTION_MERGE) == 0
4871 && (len - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE) * node->refcount <= len)
4872 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
4874 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LASF", dw2_string_counter);
4875 ++dw2_string_counter;
4876 node->label = xstrdup (label);
4878 return node->form = DW_FORM_strp;
4881 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4884 add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_die_ref targ_die)
4886 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4888 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4889 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4890 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
4891 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = targ_die;
4892 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
4893 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4896 /* Add an AT_specification attribute to a DIE, and also make the back
4897 pointer from the specification to the definition. */
4900 add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref targ_die)
4902 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_specification, targ_die);
4903 gcc_assert (!targ_die->die_definition);
4904 targ_die->die_definition = die;
4907 static inline dw_die_ref
4908 AT_ref (dw_attr_ref a)
4910 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref);
4911 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die;
4915 AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a)
4917 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
4918 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external;
4924 set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a, int i)
4926 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref);
4927 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = i;
4930 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4933 add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int targ_fde)
4935 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4937 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4938 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4939 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_fde_ref;
4940 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index = targ_fde;
4941 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4944 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
4947 add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
4949 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4951 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4952 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4953 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
4954 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc = loc;
4955 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4958 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4959 AT_loc (dw_attr_ref a)
4961 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc);
4962 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc;
4966 add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_list_ref loc_list)
4968 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4970 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4971 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4972 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc_list;
4973 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list = loc_list;
4974 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4975 have_location_lists = 1;
4978 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
4979 AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref a)
4981 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list);
4982 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list;
4985 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
4988 add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, rtx addr)
4990 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4992 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4993 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4994 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
4995 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr = addr;
4996 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
5000 AT_addr (dw_attr_ref a)
5002 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_addr);
5003 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr;
5006 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
5009 add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *lbl_id)
5011 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
5013 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
5014 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
5015 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lbl_id;
5016 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (lbl_id);
5017 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
5020 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE. */
5023 add_AT_lbl_offset (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *label)
5025 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
5027 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
5028 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
5029 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lbl_offset;
5030 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (label);
5031 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
5034 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
5037 add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
5038 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
5040 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
5042 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
5043 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
5044 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_offset;
5045 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
5046 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
5049 /* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */
5052 add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
5053 long unsigned int offset)
5055 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
5057 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
5058 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
5059 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_range_list;
5060 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
5061 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
5064 static inline const char *
5065 AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref a)
5067 gcc_assert (a && (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
5068 || AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lbl_offset));
5069 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id;
5072 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
5075 get_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5078 dw_die_ref spec = NULL;
5082 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
5083 if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind)
5085 else if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_specification
5086 || a->dw_attr == DW_AT_abstract_origin)
5090 return get_AT (spec, attr_kind);
5096 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
5097 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
5098 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
5100 static inline const char *
5101 get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref die)
5103 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_low_pc);
5105 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
5108 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
5109 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
5110 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
5112 static inline const char *
5113 get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref die)
5115 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_high_pc);
5117 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
5120 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
5121 NULL if it is not present. */
5123 static inline const char *
5124 get_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5126 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5128 return a ? AT_string (a) : NULL;
5131 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
5132 if it is not present. */
5135 get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5137 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5139 return a ? AT_flag (a) : 0;
5142 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
5143 if it is not present. */
5145 static inline unsigned
5146 get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5148 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5150 return a ? AT_unsigned (a) : 0;
5153 static inline dw_die_ref
5154 get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5156 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5158 return a ? AT_ref (a) : NULL;
5161 /* Return TRUE if the language is C or C++. */
5166 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5168 return (lang == DW_LANG_C || lang == DW_LANG_C89
5169 || lang == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus);
5172 /* Return TRUE if the language is C++. */
5177 return (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language)
5178 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus);
5181 /* Return TRUE if the language is Fortran. */
5186 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5188 return (lang == DW_LANG_Fortran77
5189 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran90
5190 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran95);
5193 /* Return TRUE if the language is Java. */
5198 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5200 return lang == DW_LANG_Java;
5203 /* Return TRUE if the language is Ada. */
5208 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5210 return lang == DW_LANG_Ada95 || lang == DW_LANG_Ada83;
5213 /* Free up the memory used by A. */
5215 static inline void free_AT (dw_attr_ref);
5217 free_AT (dw_attr_ref a)
5219 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
5220 if (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount)
5221 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount--;
5224 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
5227 remove_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5230 dw_attr_ref removed = NULL;
5234 for (p = &(die->die_attr); *p; p = &((*p)->dw_attr_next))
5235 if ((*p)->dw_attr == attr_kind)
5238 *p = (*p)->dw_attr_next;
5247 /* Remove child die whose die_tag is specified tag. */
5250 remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_tag tag)
5252 dw_die_ref current, prev, next;
5253 current = die->die_child;
5255 while (current != NULL)
5257 if (current->die_tag == tag)
5259 next = current->die_sib;
5261 die->die_child = next;
5263 prev->die_sib = next;
5270 current = current->die_sib;
5275 /* Free up the memory used by DIE. */
5278 free_die (dw_die_ref die)
5280 remove_children (die);
5283 /* Discard the children of this DIE. */
5286 remove_children (dw_die_ref die)
5288 dw_die_ref child_die = die->die_child;
5290 die->die_child = NULL;
5292 while (child_die != NULL)
5294 dw_die_ref tmp_die = child_die;
5297 child_die = child_die->die_sib;
5299 for (a = tmp_die->die_attr; a != NULL;)
5301 dw_attr_ref tmp_a = a;
5303 a = a->dw_attr_next;
5311 /* Add a child DIE below its parent. We build the lists up in reverse
5312 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
5315 add_child_die (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref child_die)
5317 if (die != NULL && child_die != NULL)
5319 gcc_assert (die != child_die);
5321 child_die->die_parent = die;
5322 child_die->die_sib = die->die_child;
5323 die->die_child = child_die;
5327 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
5328 is the specification, to the front of PARENT's list of children. */
5331 splice_child_die (dw_die_ref parent, dw_die_ref child)
5335 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
5336 specification DIE at toplevel. */
5337 if (child->die_parent != parent)
5339 dw_die_ref tmp = get_AT_ref (child, DW_AT_specification);
5345 gcc_assert (child->die_parent == parent
5346 || (child->die_parent
5347 == get_AT_ref (parent, DW_AT_specification)));
5349 for (p = &(child->die_parent->die_child); *p; p = &((*p)->die_sib))
5352 *p = child->die_sib;
5356 child->die_parent = parent;
5357 child->die_sib = parent->die_child;
5358 parent->die_child = child;
5361 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
5363 static inline dw_die_ref
5364 new_die (enum dwarf_tag tag_value, dw_die_ref parent_die, tree t)
5366 dw_die_ref die = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (die_node));
5368 die->die_tag = tag_value;
5370 if (parent_die != NULL)
5371 add_child_die (parent_die, die);
5374 limbo_die_node *limbo_node;
5376 limbo_node = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (limbo_die_node));
5377 limbo_node->die = die;
5378 limbo_node->created_for = t;
5379 limbo_node->next = limbo_die_list;
5380 limbo_die_list = limbo_node;
5386 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
5388 static inline dw_die_ref
5389 lookup_type_die (tree type)
5391 return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type);
5394 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
5397 equate_type_number_to_die (tree type, dw_die_ref type_die)
5399 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type) = type_die;
5402 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
5405 decl_die_table_hash (const void *x)
5407 return (hashval_t) ((const dw_die_ref) x)->decl_id;
5410 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of die_struct X is the same as UID of decl *Y. */
5413 decl_die_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
5415 return (((const dw_die_ref) x)->decl_id == DECL_UID ((const tree) y));
5418 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
5420 static inline dw_die_ref
5421 lookup_decl_die (tree decl)
5423 return htab_find_with_hash (decl_die_table, decl, DECL_UID (decl));
5426 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a var_loc_list). */
5429 decl_loc_table_hash (const void *x)
5431 return (hashval_t) ((const var_loc_list *) x)->decl_id;
5434 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of var_loc_list X is the same as
5438 decl_loc_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
5440 return (((const var_loc_list *) x)->decl_id == DECL_UID ((const tree) y));
5443 /* Return the var_loc list associated with a given declaration. */
5445 static inline var_loc_list *
5446 lookup_decl_loc (tree decl)
5448 return htab_find_with_hash (decl_loc_table, decl, DECL_UID (decl));
5451 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
5454 equate_decl_number_to_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref decl_die)
5456 unsigned int decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
5459 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_die_table, decl, decl_id, INSERT);
5461 decl_die->decl_id = decl_id;
5464 /* Add a variable location node to the linked list for DECL. */
5467 add_var_loc_to_decl (tree decl, struct var_loc_node *loc)
5469 unsigned int decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
5473 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_loc_table, decl, decl_id, INSERT);
5476 temp = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (var_loc_list));
5477 temp->decl_id = decl_id;
5485 /* If the current location is the same as the end of the list,
5486 we have nothing to do. */
5487 if (!rtx_equal_p (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (temp->last->var_loc_note),
5488 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc->var_loc_note)))
5490 /* Add LOC to the end of list and update LAST. */
5491 temp->last->next = loc;
5495 /* Do not add empty location to the beginning of the list. */
5496 else if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc->var_loc_note) != NULL_RTX)
5503 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
5504 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
5505 the DIE internal representation. */
5506 static int print_indent;
5508 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
5511 print_spaces (FILE *outfile)
5513 fprintf (outfile, "%*s", print_indent, "");
5516 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
5517 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5520 print_die (dw_die_ref die, FILE *outfile)
5525 print_spaces (outfile);
5526 fprintf (outfile, "DIE %4lu: %s\n",
5527 die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
5528 print_spaces (outfile);
5529 fprintf (outfile, " abbrev id: %lu", die->die_abbrev);
5530 fprintf (outfile, " offset: %lu\n", die->die_offset);
5532 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
5534 print_spaces (outfile);
5535 fprintf (outfile, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr));
5537 switch (AT_class (a))
5539 case dw_val_class_addr:
5540 fprintf (outfile, "address");
5542 case dw_val_class_offset:
5543 fprintf (outfile, "offset");
5545 case dw_val_class_loc:
5546 fprintf (outfile, "location descriptor");
5548 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
5549 fprintf (outfile, "location list -> label:%s",
5550 AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol);
5552 case dw_val_class_range_list:
5553 fprintf (outfile, "range list");
5555 case dw_val_class_const:
5556 fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, AT_int (a));
5558 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5559 fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED, AT_unsigned (a));
5561 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5562 fprintf (outfile, "constant (%lu,%lu)",
5563 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi,
5564 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low);
5566 case dw_val_class_vec:
5567 fprintf (outfile, "floating-point or vector constant");
5569 case dw_val_class_flag:
5570 fprintf (outfile, "%u", AT_flag (a));
5572 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5573 if (AT_ref (a) != NULL)
5575 if (AT_ref (a)->die_symbol)
5576 fprintf (outfile, "die -> label: %s", AT_ref (a)->die_symbol);
5578 fprintf (outfile, "die -> %lu", AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
5581 fprintf (outfile, "die -> <null>");
5583 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5584 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
5585 fprintf (outfile, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a));
5587 case dw_val_class_str:
5588 if (AT_string (a) != NULL)
5589 fprintf (outfile, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a));
5591 fprintf (outfile, "<null>");
5597 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5600 if (die->die_child != NULL)
5603 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
5604 print_die (c, outfile);
5608 if (print_indent == 0)
5609 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5612 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
5613 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5616 print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *outfile)
5619 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
5621 fprintf (outfile, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
5622 for (i = 1; i < line_info_table_in_use; i++)
5624 line_info = &line_info_table[i];
5625 fprintf (outfile, "%5d: ", i);
5626 fprintf (outfile, "%-20s",
5627 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, line_info->dw_file_num));
5628 fprintf (outfile, "%6ld", line_info->dw_line_num);
5629 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5632 fprintf (outfile, "\n\n");
5635 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
5638 debug_dwarf_die (dw_die_ref die)
5640 print_die (die, stderr);
5643 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
5644 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5650 print_die (comp_unit_die, stderr);
5651 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
5652 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr);
5655 /* We build up the lists of children and attributes by pushing new ones
5656 onto the beginning of the list. Reverse the lists for DIE so that
5657 they are in order of addition. */
5660 reverse_die_lists (dw_die_ref die)
5662 dw_die_ref c, cp, cn;
5663 dw_attr_ref a, ap, an;
5665 for (a = die->die_attr, ap = 0; a; a = an)
5667 an = a->dw_attr_next;
5668 a->dw_attr_next = ap;
5674 for (c = die->die_child, cp = 0; c; c = cn)
5681 die->die_child = cp;
5684 /* reverse_die_lists only reverses the single die you pass it. Since we used to
5685 reverse all dies in add_sibling_attributes, which runs through all the dies,
5686 it would reverse all the dies. Now, however, since we don't call
5687 reverse_die_lists in add_sibling_attributes, we need a routine to
5688 recursively reverse all the dies. This is that routine. */
5691 reverse_all_dies (dw_die_ref die)
5695 reverse_die_lists (die);
5697 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
5698 reverse_all_dies (c);
5701 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
5702 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
5703 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
5706 push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit, dw_die_ref bincl_die)
5708 const char *filename = get_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name);
5709 dw_die_ref new_unit = gen_compile_unit_die (filename);
5711 new_unit->die_sib = old_unit;
5715 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
5718 pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit)
5720 dw_die_ref new_unit = old_unit->die_sib;
5722 old_unit->die_sib = NULL;
5726 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
5727 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
5729 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
5732 loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
5734 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_opc);
5735 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1);
5736 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2);
5739 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
5742 attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref at, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
5744 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
5747 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr);
5749 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
5750 if (at->dw_attr == DW_AT_decl_file
5751 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
5752 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5753 || at->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
5756 switch (AT_class (at))
5758 case dw_val_class_const:
5759 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_int);
5761 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5762 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
5764 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5765 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long);
5767 case dw_val_class_vec:
5768 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec);
5770 case dw_val_class_flag:
5771 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag);
5773 case dw_val_class_str:
5774 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at));
5777 case dw_val_class_addr:
5779 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r) == SYMBOL_REF);
5780 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r, 0));
5783 case dw_val_class_offset:
5784 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
5787 case dw_val_class_loc:
5788 for (loc = AT_loc (at); loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
5789 loc_checksum (loc, ctx);
5792 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5793 die_checksum (AT_ref (at), ctx, mark);
5796 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
5797 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5798 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
5806 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
5809 die_checksum (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
5814 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
5817 CHECKSUM (die->die_mark);
5820 die->die_mark = ++(*mark);
5822 CHECKSUM (die->die_tag);
5824 for (a = die->die_attr; a; a = a->dw_attr_next)
5825 attr_checksum (a, ctx, mark);
5827 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
5828 die_checksum (c, ctx, mark);
5832 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
5834 /* Do the location expressions look same? */
5836 same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, dw_loc_descr_ref loc2, int *mark)
5838 return loc1->dw_loc_opc == loc2->dw_loc_opc
5839 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd1, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd1, mark)
5840 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd2, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd2, mark);
5843 /* Do the values look the same? */
5845 same_dw_val_p (dw_val_node *v1, dw_val_node *v2, int *mark)
5847 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, loc2;
5850 if (v1->val_class != v2->val_class)
5853 switch (v1->val_class)
5855 case dw_val_class_const:
5856 return v1->v.val_int == v2->v.val_int;
5857 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5858 return v1->v.val_unsigned == v2->v.val_unsigned;
5859 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5860 return v1->v.val_long_long.hi == v2->v.val_long_long.hi
5861 && v1->v.val_long_long.low == v2->v.val_long_long.low;
5862 case dw_val_class_vec:
5863 if (v1->v.val_vec.length != v2->v.val_vec.length
5864 || v1->v.val_vec.elt_size != v2->v.val_vec.elt_size)
5866 if (memcmp (v1->v.val_vec.array, v2->v.val_vec.array,
5867 v1->v.val_vec.length * v1->v.val_vec.elt_size))
5870 case dw_val_class_flag:
5871 return v1->v.val_flag == v2->v.val_flag;
5872 case dw_val_class_str:
5873 return !strcmp(v1->v.val_str->str, v2->v.val_str->str);
5875 case dw_val_class_addr:
5876 r1 = v1->v.val_addr;
5877 r2 = v2->v.val_addr;
5878 if (GET_CODE (r1) != GET_CODE (r2))
5880 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r1) == SYMBOL_REF);
5881 return !strcmp (XSTR (r1, 0), XSTR (r2, 0));
5883 case dw_val_class_offset:
5884 return v1->v.val_offset == v2->v.val_offset;
5886 case dw_val_class_loc:
5887 for (loc1 = v1->v.val_loc, loc2 = v2->v.val_loc;
5889 loc1 = loc1->dw_loc_next, loc2 = loc2->dw_loc_next)
5890 if (!same_loc_p (loc1, loc2, mark))
5892 return !loc1 && !loc2;
5894 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5895 return same_die_p (v1->v.val_die_ref.die, v2->v.val_die_ref.die, mark);
5897 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
5898 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5899 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
5907 /* Do the attributes look the same? */
5910 same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref at1, dw_attr_ref at2, int *mark)
5912 if (at1->dw_attr != at2->dw_attr)
5915 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
5916 if (at1->dw_attr == DW_AT_decl_file
5917 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
5918 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5919 || at1->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
5922 return same_dw_val_p (&at1->dw_attr_val, &at2->dw_attr_val, mark);
5925 /* Do the dies look the same? */
5928 same_die_p (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2, int *mark)
5933 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
5935 return die1->die_mark == die2->die_mark;
5936 die1->die_mark = die2->die_mark = ++(*mark);
5938 if (die1->die_tag != die2->die_tag)
5941 for (a1 = die1->die_attr, a2 = die2->die_attr;
5943 a1 = a1->dw_attr_next, a2 = a2->dw_attr_next)
5944 if (!same_attr_p (a1, a2, mark))
5949 for (c1 = die1->die_child, c2 = die2->die_child;
5951 c1 = c1->die_sib, c2 = c2->die_sib)
5952 if (!same_die_p (c1, c2, mark))
5960 /* Do the dies look the same? Wrapper around same_die_p. */
5963 same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2)
5966 int ret = same_die_p (die1, die2, &mark);
5968 unmark_all_dies (die1);
5969 unmark_all_dies (die2);
5974 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
5976 static char *comdat_symbol_id;
5978 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
5979 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number;
5981 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
5982 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
5985 compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref unit_die)
5987 const char *die_name = get_AT_string (unit_die, DW_AT_name);
5988 const char *base = die_name ? lbasename (die_name) : "anonymous";
5989 char *name = alloca (strlen (base) + 64);
5992 unsigned char checksum[16];
5995 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
5996 the name filename of the unit. */
5998 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
6000 die_checksum (unit_die, &ctx, &mark);
6001 unmark_all_dies (unit_die);
6002 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
6004 sprintf (name, "%s.", base);
6005 clean_symbol_name (name);
6007 p = name + strlen (name);
6008 for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
6010 sprintf (p, "%.2x", checksum[i]);
6014 comdat_symbol_id = unit_die->die_symbol = xstrdup (name);
6015 comdat_symbol_number = 0;
6018 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
6021 is_type_die (dw_die_ref die)
6023 switch (die->die_tag)
6025 case DW_TAG_array_type:
6026 case DW_TAG_class_type:
6027 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
6028 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
6029 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
6030 case DW_TAG_string_type:
6031 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
6032 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
6033 case DW_TAG_union_type:
6034 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
6035 case DW_TAG_set_type:
6036 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
6037 case DW_TAG_base_type:
6038 case DW_TAG_const_type:
6039 case DW_TAG_file_type:
6040 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
6041 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
6042 case DW_TAG_typedef:
6049 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
6050 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
6051 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
6052 compilations (functions). */
6055 is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref c)
6057 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
6058 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
6059 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
6060 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
6062 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_base_type)
6065 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_pointer_type
6066 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_reference_type
6067 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_const_type
6068 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_volatile_type)
6070 dw_die_ref t = get_AT_ref (c, DW_AT_type);
6072 return t ? is_comdat_die (t) : 0;
6075 return is_type_die (c);
6078 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
6079 compilation unit. */
6082 is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref c)
6084 return (is_type_die (c)
6085 || (get_AT (c, DW_AT_declaration)
6086 && !get_AT (c, DW_AT_specification)));
6090 gen_internal_sym (const char *prefix)
6094 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, prefix, label_num++);
6095 return xstrdup (buf);
6098 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
6101 assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref die)
6105 if (is_symbol_die (die))
6107 if (comdat_symbol_id)
6109 char *p = alloca (strlen (comdat_symbol_id) + 64);
6111 sprintf (p, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX,
6112 comdat_symbol_id, comdat_symbol_number++);
6113 die->die_symbol = xstrdup (p);
6116 die->die_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
6119 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6120 assign_symbol_names (c);
6123 struct cu_hash_table_entry
6126 unsigned min_comdat_num, max_comdat_num;
6127 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next;
6130 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
6132 htab_cu_hash (const void *of)
6134 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *entry = of;
6136 return htab_hash_string (entry->cu->die_symbol);
6140 htab_cu_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2)
6142 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *entry1 = of1;
6143 const struct die_struct *entry2 = of2;
6145 return !strcmp (entry1->cu->die_symbol, entry2->die_symbol);
6149 htab_cu_del (void *what)
6151 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next, *entry = what;
6161 /* Check whether we have already seen this CU and set up SYM_NUM
6164 check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int *sym_num)
6166 struct cu_hash_table_entry dummy;
6167 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry, *last = &dummy;
6169 dummy.max_comdat_num = 0;
6171 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
6172 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_symbol),
6176 for (; entry; last = entry, entry = entry->next)
6178 if (same_die_p_wrap (cu, entry->cu))
6184 *sym_num = entry->min_comdat_num;
6188 entry = xcalloc (1, sizeof (struct cu_hash_table_entry));
6190 entry->min_comdat_num = *sym_num = last->max_comdat_num;
6191 entry->next = *slot;
6197 /* Record SYM_NUM to record of CU in HTABLE. */
6199 record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int sym_num)
6201 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry;
6203 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
6204 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_symbol),
6208 entry->max_comdat_num = sym_num;
6211 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
6212 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
6213 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
6216 break_out_includes (dw_die_ref die)
6219 dw_die_ref unit = NULL;
6220 limbo_die_node *node, **pnode;
6221 htab_t cu_hash_table;
6223 for (ptr = &(die->die_child); *ptr;)
6225 dw_die_ref c = *ptr;
6227 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
6228 || (unit && is_comdat_die (c)))
6230 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
6233 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL)
6235 unit = push_new_compile_unit (unit, c);
6238 else if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL)
6240 unit = pop_compile_unit (unit);
6244 add_child_die (unit, c);
6248 /* Leave this DIE in the main CU. */
6249 ptr = &(c->die_sib);
6255 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
6256 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
6260 assign_symbol_names (die);
6261 cu_hash_table = htab_create (10, htab_cu_hash, htab_cu_eq, htab_cu_del);
6262 for (node = limbo_die_list, pnode = &limbo_die_list;
6268 compute_section_prefix (node->die);
6269 is_dupl = check_duplicate_cu (node->die, cu_hash_table,
6270 &comdat_symbol_number);
6271 assign_symbol_names (node->die);
6273 *pnode = node->next;
6276 pnode = &node->next;
6277 record_comdat_symbol_number (node->die, cu_hash_table,
6278 comdat_symbol_number);
6281 htab_delete (cu_hash_table);
6284 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
6285 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
6286 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
6289 add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref die)
6293 if (die->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit
6294 && die->die_sib && die->die_child != NULL)
6295 /* Add the sibling link to the front of the attribute list. */
6296 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_sibling, die->die_sib);
6298 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6299 add_sibling_attributes (c);
6302 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
6305 output_location_lists (dw_die_ref die)
6310 for (d_attr = die->die_attr; d_attr; d_attr = d_attr->dw_attr_next)
6311 if (AT_class (d_attr) == dw_val_class_loc_list)
6312 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (d_attr));
6314 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6315 output_location_lists (c);
6319 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
6320 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
6321 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
6322 die are visited recursively. */
6325 build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref die)
6327 unsigned long abbrev_id;
6328 unsigned int n_alloc;
6330 dw_attr_ref d_attr, a_attr;
6332 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
6333 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
6334 for (d_attr = die->die_attr; d_attr; d_attr = d_attr->dw_attr_next)
6335 if (AT_class (d_attr) == dw_val_class_die_ref
6336 && AT_ref (d_attr)->die_mark == 0)
6338 gcc_assert (AT_ref (d_attr)->die_symbol);
6340 set_AT_ref_external (d_attr, 1);
6343 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
6345 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
6347 if (abbrev->die_tag == die->die_tag)
6349 if ((abbrev->die_child != NULL) == (die->die_child != NULL))
6351 a_attr = abbrev->die_attr;
6352 d_attr = die->die_attr;
6354 while (a_attr != NULL && d_attr != NULL)
6356 if ((a_attr->dw_attr != d_attr->dw_attr)
6357 || (value_format (a_attr) != value_format (d_attr)))
6360 a_attr = a_attr->dw_attr_next;
6361 d_attr = d_attr->dw_attr_next;
6364 if (a_attr == NULL && d_attr == NULL)
6370 if (abbrev_id >= abbrev_die_table_in_use)
6372 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use >= abbrev_die_table_allocated)
6374 n_alloc = abbrev_die_table_allocated + ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
6375 abbrev_die_table = ggc_realloc (abbrev_die_table,
6376 sizeof (dw_die_ref) * n_alloc);
6378 memset (&abbrev_die_table[abbrev_die_table_allocated], 0,
6379 (n_alloc - abbrev_die_table_allocated) * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
6380 abbrev_die_table_allocated = n_alloc;
6383 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use;
6384 abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id] = die;
6387 die->die_abbrev = abbrev_id;
6388 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6389 build_abbrev_table (c);
6392 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
6395 constant_size (long unsigned int value)
6402 log = floor_log2 (value);
6405 log = 1 << (floor_log2 (log) + 1);
6410 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
6411 .debug_info section. */
6413 static unsigned long
6414 size_of_die (dw_die_ref die)
6416 unsigned long size = 0;
6419 size += size_of_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev);
6420 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
6422 switch (AT_class (a))
6424 case dw_val_class_addr:
6425 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6427 case dw_val_class_offset:
6428 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6430 case dw_val_class_loc:
6432 unsigned long lsize = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
6435 size += constant_size (lsize);
6439 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
6440 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6442 case dw_val_class_range_list:
6443 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6445 case dw_val_class_const:
6446 size += size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a));
6448 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
6449 size += constant_size (AT_unsigned (a));
6451 case dw_val_class_long_long:
6452 size += 1 + 2*HOST_BITS_PER_LONG/HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR; /* block */
6454 case dw_val_class_vec:
6455 size += 1 + (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length
6456 * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size); /* block */
6458 case dw_val_class_flag:
6461 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
6462 if (AT_ref_external (a))
6463 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6465 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6467 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6468 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6470 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6471 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6473 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
6474 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6476 case dw_val_class_str:
6477 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
6478 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6480 size += strlen (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str) + 1;
6490 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
6491 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
6492 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
6493 die_offset field in each DIE. */
6496 calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref die)
6500 die->die_offset = next_die_offset;
6501 next_die_offset += size_of_die (die);
6503 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6506 if (die->die_child != NULL)
6507 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
6508 next_die_offset += 1;
6511 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
6512 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
6513 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
6514 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
6517 mark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
6521 gcc_assert (!die->die_mark);
6524 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
6528 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
6531 unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
6535 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
6538 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
6542 /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */
6545 unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref die)
6554 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
6555 unmark_all_dies (c);
6557 for (a = die->die_attr; a; a = a->dw_attr_next)
6558 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
6559 unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a));
6562 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames table generated for the
6563 compilation unit. */
6565 static unsigned long
6566 size_of_pubnames (void)
6571 size = DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE;
6572 for (i = 0; i < pubname_table_in_use; i++)
6574 pubname_ref p = &pubname_table[i];
6575 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + strlen (p->name) + 1;
6578 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6582 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
6584 static unsigned long
6585 size_of_aranges (void)
6589 size = DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE;
6591 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
6592 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6593 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * arange_table_in_use;
6595 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
6596 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6600 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
6602 static enum dwarf_form
6603 value_format (dw_attr_ref a)
6605 switch (a->dw_attr_val.val_class)
6607 case dw_val_class_addr:
6608 return DW_FORM_addr;
6609 case dw_val_class_range_list:
6610 case dw_val_class_offset:
6611 switch (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
6614 return DW_FORM_data4;
6616 return DW_FORM_data8;
6620 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
6621 /* FIXME: Could be DW_FORM_data8, with a > 32 bit size
6622 .debug_loc section */
6623 return DW_FORM_data4;
6624 case dw_val_class_loc:
6625 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a))))
6628 return DW_FORM_block1;
6630 return DW_FORM_block2;
6634 case dw_val_class_const:
6635 return DW_FORM_sdata;
6636 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
6637 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)))
6640 return DW_FORM_data1;
6642 return DW_FORM_data2;
6644 return DW_FORM_data4;
6646 return DW_FORM_data8;
6650 case dw_val_class_long_long:
6651 return DW_FORM_block1;
6652 case dw_val_class_vec:
6653 return DW_FORM_block1;
6654 case dw_val_class_flag:
6655 return DW_FORM_flag;
6656 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
6657 if (AT_ref_external (a))
6658 return DW_FORM_ref_addr;
6661 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6662 return DW_FORM_data;
6663 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6664 return DW_FORM_addr;
6665 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
6666 return DW_FORM_data;
6667 case dw_val_class_str:
6668 return AT_string_form (a);
6675 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
6678 output_value_format (dw_attr_ref a)
6680 enum dwarf_form form = value_format (a);
6682 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form));
6685 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
6689 output_abbrev_section (void)
6691 unsigned long abbrev_id;
6695 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
6697 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
6699 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id, "(abbrev code)");
6700 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev->die_tag, "(TAG: %s)",
6701 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev->die_tag));
6703 if (abbrev->die_child != NULL)
6704 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes, "DW_children_yes");
6706 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no, "DW_children_no");
6708 for (a_attr = abbrev->die_attr; a_attr != NULL;
6709 a_attr = a_attr->dw_attr_next)
6711 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr->dw_attr, "(%s)",
6712 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr->dw_attr));
6713 output_value_format (a_attr);
6716 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
6717 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
6720 /* Terminate the table. */
6721 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
6724 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
6727 output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref die)
6729 char *sym = die->die_symbol;
6734 if (strncmp (sym, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX) - 1) == 0)
6735 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
6736 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
6738 targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (asm_out_file, sym);
6740 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, sym);
6743 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
6744 expression. gensym tells us whether to generate a new internal symbol for
6745 this location list node, which is done for the head of the list only. */
6747 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
6748 new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref expr, const char *begin, const char *end,
6749 const char *section, unsigned int gensym)
6751 dw_loc_list_ref retlist = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_list_node));
6753 retlist->begin = begin;
6755 retlist->expr = expr;
6756 retlist->section = section;
6758 retlist->ll_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
6763 /* Add a location description expression to a location list. */
6766 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref *list_head, dw_loc_descr_ref descr,
6767 const char *begin, const char *end,
6768 const char *section)
6772 /* Find the end of the chain. */
6773 for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
6776 /* Add a new location list node to the list. */
6777 *d = new_loc_list (descr, begin, end, section, 0);
6780 /* Output the location list given to us. */
6783 output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head)
6785 dw_loc_list_ref curr = list_head;
6787 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, list_head->ll_symbol);
6789 /* Walk the location list, and output each range + expression. */
6790 for (curr = list_head; curr != NULL; curr = curr->dw_loc_next)
6793 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use == 0)
6795 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin, curr->section,
6796 "Location list begin address (%s)",
6797 list_head->ll_symbol);
6798 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end, curr->section,
6799 "Location list end address (%s)",
6800 list_head->ll_symbol);
6804 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin,
6805 "Location list begin address (%s)",
6806 list_head->ll_symbol);
6807 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end,
6808 "Location list end address (%s)",
6809 list_head->ll_symbol);
6811 size = size_of_locs (curr->expr);
6813 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
6814 gcc_assert (size <= 0xffff);
6815 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size, "%s", "Location expression size");
6817 output_loc_sequence (curr->expr);
6820 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0,
6821 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
6822 list_head->ll_symbol);
6823 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0,
6824 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
6825 list_head->ll_symbol);
6828 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
6829 the definitions of each child DIE. */
6832 output_die (dw_die_ref die)
6838 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
6839 them to point to. */
6840 if (die->die_symbol)
6841 output_die_symbol (die);
6843 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev, "(DIE (0x%lx) %s)",
6844 die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
6846 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
6848 const char *name = dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr);
6850 switch (AT_class (a))
6852 case dw_val_class_addr:
6853 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_addr (a), "%s", name);
6856 case dw_val_class_offset:
6857 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset,
6861 case dw_val_class_range_list:
6863 char *p = strchr (ranges_section_label, '\0');
6865 sprintf (p, "+" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX,
6866 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
6867 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, ranges_section_label,
6873 case dw_val_class_loc:
6874 size = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
6876 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
6877 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size), size, "%s", name);
6879 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a));
6882 case dw_val_class_const:
6883 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
6884 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
6885 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
6886 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a), "%s", name);
6889 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
6890 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)),
6891 AT_unsigned (a), "%s", name);
6894 case dw_val_class_long_long:
6896 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first, second;
6898 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
6899 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_LONG / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
6902 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
6904 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi;
6905 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low;
6909 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low;
6910 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi;
6913 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
6914 first, "long long constant");
6915 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
6920 case dw_val_class_vec:
6922 unsigned int elt_size = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size;
6923 unsigned int len = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length;
6927 dw2_asm_output_data (1, len * elt_size, "%s", name);
6928 if (elt_size > sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
6933 for (i = 0, p = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.array;
6936 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size, extract_int (p, elt_size),
6937 "fp or vector constant word %u", i);
6941 case dw_val_class_flag:
6942 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a), "%s", name);
6945 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
6947 char *sym = AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol;
6950 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, sym, "%s", name);
6954 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
6955 if (AT_ref_external (a))
6957 char *sym = AT_ref (a)->die_symbol;
6960 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, sym, "%s", name);
6964 gcc_assert (AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
6965 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_ref (a)->die_offset,
6970 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6974 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_LABEL,
6975 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index * 2);
6976 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l1, "%s", name);
6980 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6981 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_lbl (a), "%s", name);
6984 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
6985 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_lbl (a), "%s", name);
6988 case dw_val_class_str:
6989 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
6990 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
6991 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->label,
6992 "%s: \"%s\"", name, AT_string (a));
6994 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a), -1, "%s", name);
7002 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
7005 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
7006 if (die->die_child != NULL)
7007 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE 0x%lx",
7011 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
7012 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
7015 output_compilation_unit_header (void)
7017 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
7018 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7019 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7020 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
7021 next_die_offset - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE,
7022 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
7023 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF version number");
7024 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, abbrev_section_label,
7025 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
7026 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
7029 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
7032 output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref die, int output_if_empty)
7034 const char *secname;
7037 /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */
7038 if (!output_if_empty && die->die_child == NULL)
7041 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
7042 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
7043 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
7044 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
7045 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
7048 build_abbrev_table (die);
7050 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
7051 next_die_offset = DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE;
7052 calc_die_sizes (die);
7054 oldsym = die->die_symbol;
7057 tmp = alloca (strlen (oldsym) + 24);
7059 sprintf (tmp, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym);
7061 die->die_symbol = NULL;
7064 secname = (const char *) DEBUG_INFO_SECTION;
7066 /* Output debugging information. */
7067 named_section_flags (secname, SECTION_DEBUG);
7068 output_compilation_unit_header ();
7071 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
7076 die->die_symbol = oldsym;
7080 /* The DWARF2 pubname for a nested thingy looks like "A::f". The
7081 output of lang_hooks.decl_printable_name for C++ looks like
7082 "A::f(int)". Let's drop the argument list, and maybe the scope. */
7085 dwarf2_name (tree decl, int scope)
7087 return lang_hooks.decl_printable_name (decl, scope ? 1 : 0);
7090 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
7093 add_pubname (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
7097 if (! TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
7100 if (pubname_table_in_use == pubname_table_allocated)
7102 pubname_table_allocated += PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT;
7104 = ggc_realloc (pubname_table,
7105 (pubname_table_allocated * sizeof (pubname_entry)));
7106 memset (pubname_table + pubname_table_in_use, 0,
7107 PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (pubname_entry));
7110 p = &pubname_table[pubname_table_in_use++];
7112 p->name = xstrdup (dwarf2_name (decl, 1));
7115 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
7116 visible names. For now, only generate entries for externally
7117 visible procedures. */
7120 output_pubnames (void)
7123 unsigned long pubnames_length = size_of_pubnames ();
7125 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
7126 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7127 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7128 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pubnames_length,
7129 "Length of Public Names Info");
7130 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
7131 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
7132 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
7133 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, next_die_offset,
7134 "Compilation Unit Length");
7136 for (i = 0; i < pubname_table_in_use; i++)
7138 pubname_ref pub = &pubname_table[i];
7140 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
7141 gcc_assert (pub->die->die_mark);
7143 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pub->die->die_offset,
7146 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub->name, -1, "external name");
7149 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7152 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
7155 add_arange (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
7157 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
7160 if (arange_table_in_use == arange_table_allocated)
7162 arange_table_allocated += ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
7163 arange_table = ggc_realloc (arange_table,
7164 (arange_table_allocated
7165 * sizeof (dw_die_ref)));
7166 memset (arange_table + arange_table_in_use, 0,
7167 ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
7170 arange_table[arange_table_in_use++] = die;
7173 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
7174 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
7175 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
7178 output_aranges (void)
7181 unsigned long aranges_length = size_of_aranges ();
7183 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
7184 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7185 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7186 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, aranges_length,
7187 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
7188 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
7189 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
7190 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
7191 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Size of Address");
7192 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
7194 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
7195 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE)
7197 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
7199 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
7200 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
7201 for (i = 2; i < (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE; i += 2)
7202 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL);
7205 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_section_label, "Address");
7206 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label,
7207 text_section_label, "Length");
7209 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++)
7211 dw_die_ref die = arange_table[i];
7213 /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
7214 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
7216 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
7218 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_low_pc (die),
7220 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_hi_pc (die),
7221 get_AT_low_pc (die), "Length");
7225 /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
7226 Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
7227 aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
7228 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_location);
7229 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
7231 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc);
7234 gcc_assert (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr);
7236 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
7237 loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, "Address");
7238 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
7239 get_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size),
7244 /* Output the terminator words. */
7245 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7246 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7249 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
7253 add_ranges (tree block)
7255 unsigned int in_use = ranges_table_in_use;
7257 if (in_use == ranges_table_allocated)
7259 ranges_table_allocated += RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT;
7261 = ggc_realloc (ranges_table, (ranges_table_allocated
7262 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct)));
7263 memset (ranges_table + ranges_table_in_use, 0,
7264 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct));
7267 ranges_table[in_use].block_num = (block ? BLOCK_NUMBER (block) : 0);
7268 ranges_table_in_use = in_use + 1;
7270 return in_use * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
7274 output_ranges (void)
7277 static const char *const start_fmt = "Offset 0x%x";
7278 const char *fmt = start_fmt;
7280 for (i = 0; i < ranges_table_in_use; i++)
7282 int block_num = ranges_table[i].block_num;
7286 char blabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7287 char elabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7289 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, block_num);
7290 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel, BLOCK_END_LABEL, block_num);
7292 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
7293 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
7294 base of the text section. */
7295 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use == 0)
7297 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
7299 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
7300 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel,
7301 text_section_label, NULL);
7304 /* Otherwise, we add a DW_AT_entry_pc attribute to force the
7305 compilation unit base address to zero, which allows us to
7306 use absolute addresses, and not worry about whether the
7307 target supports cross-section arithmetic. */
7310 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
7311 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
7312 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel, NULL);
7319 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7320 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7326 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
7329 char *path; /* Complete file name. */
7330 char *fname; /* File name part. */
7331 int length; /* Length of entire string. */
7332 int file_idx; /* Index in input file table. */
7333 int dir_idx; /* Index in directory table. */
7336 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
7340 char *path; /* Path including directory name. */
7341 int length; /* Path length. */
7342 int prefix; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
7343 int count; /* Number of files in this directory. */
7344 int dir_idx; /* Index of directory used as base. */
7345 int used; /* Used in the end? */
7348 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
7349 the directories in the path. */
7352 file_info_cmp (const void *p1, const void *p2)
7354 const struct file_info *s1 = p1;
7355 const struct file_info *s2 = p2;
7359 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
7360 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
7361 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
7362 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
7363 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
7364 if ((s1->path == s1->fname || s2->path == s2->fname))
7365 return (s2->path == s2->fname) - (s1->path == s1->fname);
7367 cp1 = (unsigned char *) s1->path;
7368 cp2 = (unsigned char *) s2->path;
7374 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
7375 if ((cp1 == (unsigned char *) s1->fname)
7376 || (cp2 == (unsigned char *) s2->fname))
7377 return ((cp2 == (unsigned char *) s2->fname)
7378 - (cp1 == (unsigned char *) s1->fname));
7380 /* Character of current path component the same? */
7381 else if (*cp1 != *cp2)
7386 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
7387 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
7388 slowdowns with many input files. */
7391 output_file_names (void)
7393 struct file_info *files;
7394 struct dir_info *dirs;
7403 /* Handle the case where file_table is empty. */
7404 if (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) <= 1)
7406 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7407 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7411 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
7412 files = alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) * sizeof (struct file_info));
7413 dirs = alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) * sizeof (struct dir_info));
7415 /* Sort the file names. */
7416 for (i = 1; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
7420 /* Skip all leading "./". */
7421 f = VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, i);
7422 while (f[0] == '.' && f[1] == '/')
7425 /* Create a new array entry. */
7427 files[i].length = strlen (f);
7428 files[i].file_idx = i;
7430 /* Search for the file name part. */
7431 f = strrchr (f, '/');
7432 files[i].fname = f == NULL ? files[i].path : f + 1;
7435 qsort (files + 1, VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) - 1,
7436 sizeof (files[0]), file_info_cmp);
7438 /* Find all the different directories used. */
7439 dirs[0].path = files[1].path;
7440 dirs[0].length = files[1].fname - files[1].path;
7441 dirs[0].prefix = -1;
7443 dirs[0].dir_idx = 0;
7445 files[1].dir_idx = 0;
7448 for (i = 2; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
7449 if (files[i].fname - files[i].path == dirs[ndirs - 1].length
7450 && memcmp (dirs[ndirs - 1].path, files[i].path,
7451 dirs[ndirs - 1].length) == 0)
7453 /* Same directory as last entry. */
7454 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs - 1;
7455 ++dirs[ndirs - 1].count;
7461 /* This is a new directory. */
7462 dirs[ndirs].path = files[i].path;
7463 dirs[ndirs].length = files[i].fname - files[i].path;
7464 dirs[ndirs].count = 1;
7465 dirs[ndirs].dir_idx = ndirs;
7466 dirs[ndirs].used = 0;
7467 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs;
7469 /* Search for a prefix. */
7470 dirs[ndirs].prefix = -1;
7471 for (j = 0; j < ndirs; j++)
7472 if (dirs[j].length < dirs[ndirs].length
7473 && dirs[j].length > 1
7474 && (dirs[ndirs].prefix == -1
7475 || dirs[j].length > dirs[dirs[ndirs].prefix].length)
7476 && memcmp (dirs[j].path, dirs[ndirs].path, dirs[j].length) == 0)
7477 dirs[ndirs].prefix = j;
7482 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
7483 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
7484 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
7485 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
7486 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
7487 results in most cases and never is much off. */
7488 saved = alloca (ndirs * sizeof (int));
7489 savehere = alloca (ndirs * sizeof (int));
7491 memset (saved, '\0', ndirs * sizeof (saved[0]));
7492 for (i = 0; i < ndirs; i++)
7497 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
7498 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
7499 savehere[i] = dirs[i].length;
7500 total = (savehere[i] - saved[i]) * dirs[i].count;
7502 for (j = i + 1; j < ndirs; j++)
7505 if (saved[j] < dirs[i].length)
7507 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
7512 while (k != -1 && k != (int) i)
7517 /* Yes it is. We can possibly safe some memory but
7518 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
7520 savehere[j] = dirs[i].length;
7521 total += (savehere[j] - saved[j]) * dirs[j].count;
7526 /* Check whether we can safe enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
7528 if (total > dirs[i].length + 1)
7530 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
7531 for (j = i; j < ndirs; j++)
7532 if (savehere[j] > 0)
7534 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
7535 saved[j] = savehere[j];
7537 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
7538 dirs[j].dir_idx = i;
7543 /* We have to emit them in the order they appear in the file_table array
7544 since the index is used in the debug info generation. To do this
7545 efficiently we generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
7546 backmap = alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) * sizeof (int));
7547 for (i = 1; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
7549 backmap[files[i].file_idx] = i;
7551 /* Mark this directory as used. */
7552 dirs[dirs[files[i].dir_idx].dir_idx].used = 1;
7555 /* That was it. We are ready to emit the information. First emit the
7556 directory name table. We have to make sure the first actually emitted
7557 directory name has index one; zero is reserved for the current working
7558 directory. Make sure we do not confuse these indices with the one for the
7559 constructed table (even though most of the time they are identical). */
7561 idx_offset = dirs[0].length > 0 ? 1 : 0;
7562 for (i = 1 - idx_offset; i < ndirs; i++)
7563 if (dirs[i].used != 0)
7565 dirs[i].used = idx++;
7566 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs[i].path, dirs[i].length - 1,
7567 "Directory Entry: 0x%x", dirs[i].used);
7570 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7572 /* Correct the index for the current working directory entry if it
7574 if (idx_offset == 0)
7577 /* Now write all the file names. */
7578 for (i = 1; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
7580 int file_idx = backmap[i];
7581 int dir_idx = dirs[files[file_idx].dir_idx].dir_idx;
7583 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files[file_idx].path + dirs[dir_idx].length, -1,
7584 "File Entry: 0x%lx", (unsigned long) i);
7586 /* Include directory index. */
7587 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dirs[dir_idx].used, NULL);
7589 /* Modification time. */
7590 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
7592 /* File length in bytes. */
7593 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
7596 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7600 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
7601 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
7604 output_line_info (void)
7606 char l1[20], l2[20], p1[20], p2[20];
7607 char line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7608 char prev_line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7611 unsigned long lt_index;
7612 unsigned long current_line;
7615 unsigned long current_file;
7616 unsigned long function;
7618 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL, 0);
7619 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL, 0);
7620 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL, 0);
7621 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL, 0);
7623 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
7624 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7625 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7626 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
7627 "Length of Source Line Info");
7628 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
7630 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
7631 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, p2, p1, "Prolog Length");
7632 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p1);
7634 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in
7635 bytes). In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for
7636 information purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language,
7637 we have no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are
7638 generated for each source line, and therefore can use only the
7639 DW_LNE_set_address and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information
7640 commands. Accordingly, we fix this as `1', which is "correct
7641 enough" for all architectures, and don't let the target override. */
7642 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1,
7643 "Minimum Instruction Length");
7645 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START,
7646 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
7647 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE,
7648 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
7649 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE,
7650 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
7651 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE,
7652 "Special Opcode Base");
7654 for (opc = 1; opc < DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE; opc++)
7658 case DW_LNS_advance_pc:
7659 case DW_LNS_advance_line:
7660 case DW_LNS_set_file:
7661 case DW_LNS_set_column:
7662 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc:
7670 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args, "opcode: 0x%x has %d args",
7674 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
7675 output_file_names ();
7676 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p2);
7678 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
7679 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
7680 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
7682 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
7683 a series of state machine operations. */
7686 strcpy (prev_line_label, text_section_label);
7687 for (lt_index = 1; lt_index < line_info_table_in_use; ++lt_index)
7689 dw_line_info_ref line_info = &line_info_table[lt_index];
7692 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
7693 at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
7696 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
7697 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
7698 that anything after the last address is this line. */
7699 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
7700 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file)
7704 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
7706 Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
7707 use the most general form. GCC does not know the address delta
7708 itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
7709 attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
7710 could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
7711 use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
7713 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, LINE_CODE_LABEL, lt_index);
7716 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
7717 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
7718 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7719 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
7723 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
7724 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
7725 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7726 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7727 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7728 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
7731 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
7733 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
7734 different from the previous line. */
7735 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
7737 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
7738 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
7739 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "(\"%s\")",
7740 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table,
7744 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
7745 that uses the least amount of space. */
7746 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
7748 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
7749 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
7750 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
7751 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
7752 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
7753 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
7755 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
7756 "line %lu", current_line);
7759 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
7760 depending on the value being encoded. */
7761 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
7762 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
7763 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
7764 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
7768 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
7769 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
7772 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
7775 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
7776 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7777 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
7781 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7782 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7783 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7784 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label, NULL);
7787 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
7788 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
7789 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
7794 for (lt_index = 0; lt_index < separate_line_info_table_in_use;)
7796 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
7797 = &separate_line_info_table[lt_index];
7800 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
7801 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
7802 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file
7803 && line_info->function == function)
7807 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
7808 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
7809 to handle it differently. */
7810 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
7812 if (function != line_info->function)
7814 function = line_info->function;
7816 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function. */
7817 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7818 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7819 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7820 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
7824 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
7827 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
7828 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7829 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
7833 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7834 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7835 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7836 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
7840 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
7842 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
7843 different from the previous line. */
7844 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
7846 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
7847 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
7848 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "(\"%s\")",
7849 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table,
7853 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
7854 that uses the least amount of space. */
7855 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
7857 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
7858 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
7859 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
7860 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
7861 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
7862 "line %lu", current_line);
7865 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
7866 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
7867 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
7868 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
7872 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
7880 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
7881 if (lt_index == separate_line_info_table_in_use
7882 || separate_line_info_table[lt_index].function != function)
7887 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
7888 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, FUNC_END_LABEL, function);
7891 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
7892 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7893 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
7897 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7898 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7899 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7900 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
7903 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
7904 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
7905 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
7906 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
7910 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
7911 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
7914 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
7915 a DIE that describes the given type.
7917 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
7918 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
7921 base_type_die (tree type)
7923 dw_die_ref base_type_result;
7924 const char *type_name;
7925 enum dwarf_type encoding;
7926 tree name = TYPE_NAME (type);
7928 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK || TREE_CODE (type) == VOID_TYPE)
7933 if (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL)
7934 name = DECL_NAME (name);
7936 type_name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name);
7939 type_name = "__unknown__";
7941 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
7944 /* Carefully distinguish the C character types, without messing
7945 up if the language is not C. Note that we check only for the names
7946 that contain spaces; other names might occur by coincidence in other
7948 if (! (TYPE_PRECISION (type) == CHAR_TYPE_SIZE
7949 && (type == char_type_node
7950 || ! strcmp (type_name, "signed char")
7951 || ! strcmp (type_name, "unsigned char"))))
7953 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
7954 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned;
7956 encoding = DW_ATE_signed;
7959 /* else fall through. */
7962 /* GNU Pascal/Ada CHAR type. Not used in C. */
7963 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
7964 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned_char;
7966 encoding = DW_ATE_signed_char;
7970 encoding = DW_ATE_float;
7973 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
7974 a user defined type for it. */
7976 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == REAL_TYPE)
7977 encoding = DW_ATE_complex_float;
7979 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
7983 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
7984 encoding = DW_ATE_boolean;
7988 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
7992 base_type_result = new_die (DW_TAG_base_type, comp_unit_die, type);
7993 if (demangle_name_func)
7994 type_name = (*demangle_name_func) (type_name);
7996 add_AT_string (base_type_result, DW_AT_name, type_name);
7997 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_byte_size,
7998 int_size_in_bytes (type));
7999 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_encoding, encoding);
8001 return base_type_result;
8004 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a pointer to
8005 the Dwarf "root" type for the given input type. The Dwarf "root" type of
8006 a given type is generally the same as the given type, except that if the
8007 given type is a pointer or reference type, then the root type of the given
8008 type is the root type of the "basis" type for the pointer or reference
8009 type. (This definition of the "root" type is recursive.) Also, the root
8010 type of a `const' qualified type or a `volatile' qualified type is the
8011 root type of the given type without the qualifiers. */
8014 root_type (tree type)
8016 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
8017 return error_mark_node;
8019 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
8022 return error_mark_node;
8025 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
8026 return type_main_variant (root_type (TREE_TYPE (type)));
8029 return type_main_variant (type);
8033 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
8034 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
8037 is_base_type (tree type)
8039 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
8053 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
8058 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
8072 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
8073 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
8074 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
8075 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
8078 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
8079 simple_type_size_in_bits (tree type)
8081 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
8082 return BITS_PER_WORD;
8083 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type) == NULL_TREE)
8085 else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1))
8086 return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1);
8088 return TYPE_ALIGN (type);
8091 /* Return true if the debug information for the given type should be
8092 emitted as a subrange type. */
8095 is_subrange_type (tree type)
8097 tree subtype = TREE_TYPE (type);
8099 /* Subrange types are identified by the fact that they are integer
8100 types, and that they have a subtype which is either an integer type
8101 or an enumeral type. */
8103 if (TREE_CODE (type) != INTEGER_TYPE
8104 || subtype == NULL_TREE)
8107 if (TREE_CODE (subtype) != INTEGER_TYPE
8108 && TREE_CODE (subtype) != ENUMERAL_TYPE)
8111 if (TREE_CODE (type) == TREE_CODE (subtype)
8112 && int_size_in_bytes (type) == int_size_in_bytes (subtype)
8113 && TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type) != NULL
8114 && TYPE_MIN_VALUE (subtype) != NULL
8115 && tree_int_cst_equal (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type), TYPE_MIN_VALUE (subtype))
8116 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type) != NULL
8117 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (subtype) != NULL
8118 && tree_int_cst_equal (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type), TYPE_MAX_VALUE (subtype)))
8120 /* The type and its subtype have the same representation. If in
8121 addition the two types also have the same name, then the given
8122 type is not a subrange type, but rather a plain base type. */
8123 /* FIXME: brobecker/2004-03-22:
8124 Sizetype INTEGER_CSTs nodes are canonicalized. It should
8125 therefore be sufficient to check the TYPE_SIZE node pointers
8126 rather than checking the actual size. Unfortunately, we have
8127 found some cases, such as in the Ada "integer" type, where
8128 this is not the case. Until this problem is solved, we need to
8129 keep checking the actual size. */
8130 tree type_name = TYPE_NAME (type);
8131 tree subtype_name = TYPE_NAME (subtype);
8133 if (type_name != NULL && TREE_CODE (type_name) == TYPE_DECL)
8134 type_name = DECL_NAME (type_name);
8136 if (subtype_name != NULL && TREE_CODE (subtype_name) == TYPE_DECL)
8137 subtype_name = DECL_NAME (subtype_name);
8139 if (type_name == subtype_name)
8146 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for a subrange type, return a pointer
8147 to a DIE that describes the given type. */
8150 subrange_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
8152 dw_die_ref subtype_die;
8153 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
8154 tree name = TYPE_NAME (type);
8155 const HOST_WIDE_INT size_in_bytes = int_size_in_bytes (type);
8156 tree subtype = TREE_TYPE (type);
8158 if (context_die == NULL)
8159 context_die = comp_unit_die;
8161 if (TREE_CODE (subtype) == ENUMERAL_TYPE)
8162 subtype_die = gen_enumeration_type_die (subtype, context_die);
8164 subtype_die = base_type_die (subtype);
8166 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, context_die, type);
8170 if (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL)
8171 name = DECL_NAME (name);
8172 add_name_attribute (subrange_die, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
8175 if (int_size_in_bytes (subtype) != size_in_bytes)
8177 /* The size of the subrange type and its base type do not match,
8178 so we need to generate a size attribute for the subrange type. */
8179 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size_in_bytes);
8182 if (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type) != NULL)
8183 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound,
8184 TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type));
8185 if (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type) != NULL)
8186 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound,
8187 TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type));
8188 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, DW_AT_type, subtype_die);
8190 return subrange_die;
8193 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
8194 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
8197 modified_type_die (tree type, int is_const_type, int is_volatile_type,
8198 dw_die_ref context_die)
8200 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
8201 dw_die_ref mod_type_die = NULL;
8202 dw_die_ref sub_die = NULL;
8203 tree item_type = NULL;
8205 if (code != ERROR_MARK)
8207 tree qualified_type;
8209 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
8212 = get_qualified_type (type,
8213 ((is_const_type ? TYPE_QUAL_CONST : 0)
8215 ? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE : 0)));
8217 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
8220 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
8222 return mod_type_die;
8225 /* Handle C typedef types. */
8226 if (qualified_type && TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)
8227 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)) == TYPE_DECL
8228 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)))
8230 tree type_name = TYPE_NAME (qualified_type);
8231 tree dtype = TREE_TYPE (type_name);
8233 if (qualified_type == dtype)
8235 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
8236 gen_type_die (qualified_type, context_die);
8237 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
8239 else if (is_const_type < TYPE_READONLY (dtype)
8240 || is_volatile_type < TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype))
8241 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
8242 type to which it refers. */
8244 = modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (type_name),
8245 is_const_type, is_volatile_type,
8248 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
8254 else if (is_const_type)
8256 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_const_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8257 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, is_volatile_type, context_die);
8259 else if (is_volatile_type)
8261 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8262 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, 0, context_die);
8264 else if (code == POINTER_TYPE)
8266 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8267 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
8268 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
8270 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class, 0);
8272 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
8274 else if (code == REFERENCE_TYPE)
8276 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8277 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
8278 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
8280 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class, 0);
8282 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
8284 else if (is_subrange_type (type))
8285 mod_type_die = subrange_type_die (type, context_die);
8286 else if (is_base_type (type))
8287 mod_type_die = base_type_die (type);
8290 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
8292 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
8293 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
8294 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
8295 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
8296 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
8298 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
8299 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type));
8301 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
8302 not the main variant. */
8303 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
8304 gcc_assert (mod_type_die);
8307 /* We want to equate the qualified type to the die below. */
8308 type = qualified_type;
8312 equate_type_number_to_die (type, mod_type_die);
8314 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
8315 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
8316 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
8317 types are possible in Ada. */
8318 sub_die = modified_type_die (item_type,
8319 TYPE_READONLY (item_type),
8320 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type),
8323 if (sub_die != NULL)
8324 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die, DW_AT_type, sub_die);
8326 return mod_type_die;
8329 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
8330 an enumerated type. */
8333 type_is_enum (tree type)
8335 return TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE;
8338 /* Return the DBX register number described by a given RTL node. */
8341 dbx_reg_number (rtx rtl)
8343 unsigned regno = REGNO (rtl);
8345 gcc_assert (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER);
8347 return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno);
8350 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
8351 zero if there is none. */
8353 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8354 reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl)
8359 if (REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
8362 reg = dbx_reg_number (rtl);
8363 regs = targetm.dwarf_register_span (rtl);
8365 if (hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (rtl)][GET_MODE (rtl)] > 1
8367 return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl, regs);
8369 return one_reg_loc_descriptor (reg);
8372 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for
8373 a given hard register number. */
8375 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8376 one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int regno)
8379 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0 + regno, 0, 0);
8381 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, regno, 0);
8384 /* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that
8385 designates a value that spans more than one register. */
8387 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8388 multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, rtx regs)
8392 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
8394 reg = dbx_reg_number (rtl);
8395 nregs = hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (rtl)][GET_MODE (rtl)];
8397 /* Simple, contiguous registers. */
8398 if (regs == NULL_RTX)
8400 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / nregs;
8407 t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (reg);
8408 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
8409 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, size, 0));
8415 /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations. */
8417 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (regs) == PARALLEL);
8419 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
8422 for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (regs, 0); ++i)
8426 t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (REGNO (XVECEXP (regs, 0, i)));
8427 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
8428 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
8429 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, size, 0));
8434 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
8436 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8437 int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i)
8439 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
8441 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
8442 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
8446 op = DW_OP_lit0 + i;
8449 else if (i <= 0xffff)
8451 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
8461 else if (i >= -0x8000)
8463 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
8464 || i >= -0x80000000)
8470 return new_loc_descr (op, i, 0);
8473 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
8475 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8476 based_loc_descr (unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset, bool can_use_fbreg)
8478 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result;
8479 /* For the "frame base", we use the frame pointer or stack pointer
8480 registers, since the RTL for local variables is relative to one of
8482 unsigned fp_reg = DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (frame_pointer_needed
8483 ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
8484 : STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
8486 if (reg == fp_reg && can_use_fbreg)
8487 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg, offset, 0);
8489 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0 + reg, offset, 0);
8491 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, reg, offset);
8496 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
8499 is_based_loc (rtx rtl)
8501 return (GET_CODE (rtl) == PLUS
8502 && ((REG_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
8503 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
8504 && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == CONST_INT)));
8507 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
8508 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
8509 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
8510 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
8512 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
8513 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
8514 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
8515 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
8517 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
8518 autoincrement addressing modes.
8520 CAN_USE_FBREG is a flag whether we can use DW_AT_frame_base in the location
8521 list for RTL. We can't use it when we are emitting location list for
8522 virtual variable frame_base_decl (i.e. a location list for DW_AT_frame_base)
8523 which describes how frame base changes when !frame_pointer_needed.
8525 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
8527 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8528 mem_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum machine_mode mode, bool can_use_fbreg)
8530 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result = NULL;
8531 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
8533 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
8534 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
8535 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
8536 zeroth element of the array. */
8538 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
8540 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
8545 /* POST_INC and POST_DEC can be handled just like a SUBREG. So we
8546 just fall into the SUBREG code. */
8548 /* ... fall through ... */
8551 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
8552 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
8553 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
8554 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
8555 contains the given subreg. */
8556 rtl = SUBREG_REG (rtl);
8558 /* ... fall through ... */
8561 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
8562 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
8563 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
8564 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
8565 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
8566 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
8567 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
8568 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
8569 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
8570 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
8571 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
8572 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
8573 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
8574 if (REGNO (rtl) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
8575 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (dbx_reg_number (rtl), 0,
8580 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl),
8582 if (mem_loc_result != 0)
8583 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0));
8587 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
8589 /* ... fall through ... */
8592 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
8593 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
8597 /* Alternatively, the symbol in the constant pool might be referenced
8598 by a different symbol. */
8599 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF && CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl))
8602 rtx tmp = get_pool_constant_mark (rtl, &marked);
8604 if (GET_CODE (tmp) == SYMBOL_REF)
8607 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (tmp))
8608 get_pool_constant_mark (tmp, &marked);
8613 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
8614 it was not output and thus we can't represent it.
8615 FIXME: might try to use DW_OP_const_value here, though
8616 DW_OP_piece complicates it. */
8621 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
8622 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
8623 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
8624 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray, rtl);
8628 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
8630 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
8635 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
8637 rtl = gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode, XEXP (rtl, 0),
8638 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl) == PRE_INC
8639 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)
8640 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)));
8642 /* ... fall through ... */
8646 if (is_based_loc (rtl))
8647 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (dbx_reg_number (XEXP (rtl, 0)),
8648 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)),
8652 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
8654 if (mem_loc_result == 0)
8657 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == CONST_INT
8658 && INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) >= 0)
8659 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
8660 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
8661 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)), 0));
8664 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
8665 mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
8667 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
8668 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
8673 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
8674 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply or shift. */
8693 dw_loc_descr_ref op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
8695 dw_loc_descr_ref op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
8698 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
8701 mem_loc_result = op0;
8702 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
8703 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
8708 mem_loc_result = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl));
8715 return mem_loc_result;
8718 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
8719 This is typically a complex variable. */
8721 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8722 concat_loc_descriptor (rtx x0, rtx x1)
8724 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL;
8725 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref = loc_descriptor (x0, false);
8726 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref = loc_descriptor (x1, false);
8728 if (x0_ref == 0 || x1_ref == 0)
8731 cc_loc_result = x0_ref;
8732 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result,
8733 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece,
8734 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0)), 0));
8736 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, x1_ref);
8737 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result,
8738 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece,
8739 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1)), 0));
8741 return cc_loc_result;
8744 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
8745 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
8746 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
8747 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
8748 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
8750 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
8752 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8753 loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, bool can_use_fbreg)
8755 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
8757 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
8760 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
8761 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
8762 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
8763 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
8764 contains the given subreg. */
8765 rtl = SUBREG_REG (rtl);
8767 /* ... fall through ... */
8770 loc_result = reg_loc_descriptor (rtl);
8774 loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl),
8779 loc_result = concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), XEXP (rtl, 1));
8784 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) != PARALLEL)
8786 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (rtl, 1), 0), can_use_fbreg);
8790 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
8795 rtvec par_elems = XVEC (rtl, 0);
8796 int num_elem = GET_NUM_ELEM (par_elems);
8797 enum machine_mode mode;
8800 /* Create the first one, so we have something to add to. */
8801 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0),
8803 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0));
8804 add_loc_descr (&loc_result,
8805 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), 0));
8806 for (i = 1; i < num_elem; i++)
8808 dw_loc_descr_ref temp;
8810 temp = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0),
8812 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, temp);
8813 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0));
8814 add_loc_descr (&loc_result,
8815 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece,
8816 GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), 0));
8828 /* Similar, but generate the descriptor from trees instead of rtl. This comes
8829 up particularly with variable length arrays. WANT_ADDRESS is 2 if this is
8830 a top-level invocation of loc_descriptor_from_tree; is 1 if this is not a
8831 top-level invocation, and we require the address of LOC; is 0 if we require
8832 the value of LOC. */
8834 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8835 loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (tree loc, int want_address)
8837 dw_loc_descr_ref ret, ret1;
8838 int have_address = 0;
8839 int unsignedp = TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc));
8840 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
8842 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
8843 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
8846 switch (TREE_CODE (loc))
8851 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR:
8852 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
8853 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
8854 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
8855 the names of types. */
8861 case PREINCREMENT_EXPR:
8862 case PREDECREMENT_EXPR:
8863 case POSTINCREMENT_EXPR:
8864 case POSTDECREMENT_EXPR:
8865 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
8869 /* If we already want an address, there's nothing we can do. */
8873 /* Otherwise, process the argument and look for the address. */
8874 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 1);
8877 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL (loc))
8881 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL
8882 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the data. */
8886 /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we can only
8887 look up addresses of objects in the current module. */
8888 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc))
8891 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
8892 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
8897 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
8898 if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl))
8901 ret = new_loc_descr (INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr, 0, 0);
8902 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
8903 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
8905 ret1 = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address, 0, 0);
8906 add_loc_descr (&ret, ret1);
8914 if (DECL_VALUE_EXPR (loc))
8915 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (DECL_VALUE_EXPR (loc), want_address);
8920 rtx rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
8922 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
8924 else if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_INT)
8926 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
8927 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)))
8928 val &= GET_MODE_MASK (DECL_MODE (loc));
8929 ret = int_loc_descriptor (val);
8931 else if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
8933 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl))
8935 ret = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
8936 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
8937 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
8941 enum machine_mode mode;
8943 /* Certain constructs can only be represented at top-level. */
8944 if (want_address == 2)
8945 return loc_descriptor (rtl, false);
8947 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
8950 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
8953 ret = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, false);
8959 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
8964 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), want_address);
8968 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
8969 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
8972 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), want_address);
8977 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF:
8980 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos, bytepos;
8981 enum machine_mode mode;
8984 obj = get_inner_reference (loc, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode,
8985 &unsignedp, &volatilep, false);
8990 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (obj, 1);
8992 || bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0 || bitsize % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0)
8995 if (offset != NULL_TREE)
8997 /* Variable offset. */
8998 add_loc_descr (&ret, loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (offset, 0));
8999 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
9002 bytepos = bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
9004 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bytepos, 0));
9005 else if (bytepos < 0)
9007 add_loc_descr (&ret, int_loc_descriptor (bytepos));
9008 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
9016 if (host_integerp (loc, 0))
9017 ret = int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc, 0));
9024 /* Get an RTL for this, if something has been emitted. */
9025 rtx rtl = lookup_constant_def (loc);
9026 enum machine_mode mode;
9028 if (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl))
9030 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
9031 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
9032 ret = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, false);
9037 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR:
9038 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR:
9043 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR:
9049 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR:
9054 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR:
9056 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR:
9057 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR:
9065 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR:
9067 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR:
9068 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR:
9081 op = (unsignedp ? DW_OP_shr : DW_OP_shra);
9085 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
9086 && host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0))
9088 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
9092 add_loc_descr (&ret,
9093 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
9094 tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1),
9104 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
9111 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
9118 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
9125 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
9140 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
9141 ret1 = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
9142 if (ret == 0 || ret1 == 0)
9145 add_loc_descr (&ret, ret1);
9146 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
9149 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR:
9163 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
9167 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
9173 const enum tree_code code =
9174 TREE_CODE (loc) == MIN_EXPR ? GT_EXPR : LT_EXPR;
9176 loc = build3 (COND_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (loc),
9177 build2 (code, integer_type_node,
9178 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)),
9179 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0));
9182 /* ... fall through ... */
9186 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
9187 = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
9188 dw_loc_descr_ref rhs
9189 = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 2), 0);
9190 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node, jump_node, tmp;
9192 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
9193 if (ret == 0 || lhs == 0 || rhs == 0)
9196 bra_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
9197 add_loc_descr (&ret, bra_node);
9199 add_loc_descr (&ret, rhs);
9200 jump_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip, 0, 0);
9201 add_loc_descr (&ret, jump_node);
9203 add_loc_descr (&ret, lhs);
9204 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
9205 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = lhs;
9207 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
9208 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop, 0, 0);
9209 add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
9210 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
9211 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = tmp;
9215 case FIX_TRUNC_EXPR:
9217 case FIX_FLOOR_EXPR:
9218 case FIX_ROUND_EXPR:
9222 /* Leave front-end specific codes as simply unknown. This comes
9223 up, for instance, with the C STMT_EXPR. */
9224 if ((unsigned int) TREE_CODE (loc)
9225 >= (unsigned int) LAST_AND_UNUSED_TREE_CODE)
9228 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
9229 /* Otherwise this is a generic code; we should just lists all of
9230 these explicitly. Aborting means we forgot one. */
9233 /* In a release build, we want to degrade gracefully: better to
9234 generate incomplete debugging information than to crash. */
9239 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
9240 if (want_address && !have_address)
9243 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
9244 if (!want_address && have_address)
9246 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc));
9248 if (size > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE || size == -1)
9250 else if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
9253 op = DW_OP_deref_size;
9255 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
9261 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
9262 loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree loc)
9264 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (loc, 2);
9267 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
9268 which is not less than the value itself. */
9270 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
9271 ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT value, unsigned int boundary)
9273 return (((value + boundary - 1) / boundary) * boundary);
9276 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
9277 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
9278 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
9282 field_type (tree decl)
9286 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
9287 return integer_type_node;
9289 type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
9290 if (type == NULL_TREE)
9291 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
9296 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
9297 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
9298 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
9300 static inline unsigned
9301 simple_type_align_in_bits (tree type)
9303 return (TREE_CODE (type) != ERROR_MARK) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type) : BITS_PER_WORD;
9306 static inline unsigned
9307 simple_decl_align_in_bits (tree decl)
9309 return (TREE_CODE (decl) != ERROR_MARK) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl) : BITS_PER_WORD;
9312 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
9313 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
9314 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
9315 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
9316 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
9319 static HOST_WIDE_INT
9320 field_byte_offset (tree decl)
9322 unsigned int type_align_in_bits;
9323 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits;
9324 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT type_size_in_bits;
9325 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bits;
9327 tree field_size_tree;
9328 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
9329 HOST_WIDE_INT deepest_bitpos;
9330 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT field_size_in_bits;
9332 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
9335 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL);
9337 type = field_type (decl);
9338 field_size_tree = DECL_SIZE (decl);
9340 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
9341 a flexible array member. */
9342 if (! field_size_tree)
9343 field_size_tree = bitsize_zero_node;
9345 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
9346 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
9347 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
9348 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0))
9351 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
9353 /* If we don't know the size of the field, pretend it's a full word. */
9354 if (host_integerp (field_size_tree, 1))
9355 field_size_in_bits = tree_low_cst (field_size_tree, 1);
9357 field_size_in_bits = BITS_PER_WORD;
9359 type_size_in_bits = simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
9360 type_align_in_bits = simple_type_align_in_bits (type);
9361 decl_align_in_bits = simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl);
9363 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the starting
9364 bit offset (relative to the start of the containing structure type) of the
9365 hypothetical "containing object" for a bit-field. Thus, when computing
9366 the byte offset value for the start of the "containing object" of a
9367 bit-field, we must deduce this information on our own. This can be rather
9368 tricky to do in some cases. For example, handling the following structure
9369 type definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only aligns
9370 long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
9372 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
9374 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used in such
9375 cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will allocate 8 bytes for the
9376 structure shown above. It decides to do this based upon one simple rule
9377 for bit-field allocation. GCC allocates each "containing object" for each
9378 bit-field at the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment
9379 boundary (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared type
9380 of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the condition that
9381 there is still enough available space remaining in the containing object
9382 (when allocated at the selected point) to fully accommodate all of the
9383 bits of the bit-field itself.
9385 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for each
9386 object of the structure type shown above. When looking for a place to
9387 allocate the "containing object" for `field2', the compiler simply tries
9388 to allocate a 64-bit "containing object" at each successive 32-bit
9389 boundary (starting at zero) until it finds a place to allocate that 64-
9390 bit field such that at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated)
9391 bits remain within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
9392 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the "containing
9393 object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the structure type.)
9395 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts we're
9396 given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC must have believed
9397 that the containing object started (within the structure type). The value
9398 we deduce is then used (by the callers of this routine) to generate
9399 DW_AT_location and DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields
9400 and, in the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
9402 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to the
9403 "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
9404 deepest_bitpos = bitpos_int + field_size_in_bits;
9406 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce where the
9407 lowest addressed bit of the containing object must be. */
9408 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
9410 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for bitfields. */
9411 object_offset_in_bits += type_align_in_bits - 1;
9412 object_offset_in_bits /= type_align_in_bits;
9413 object_offset_in_bits *= type_align_in_bits;
9415 if (object_offset_in_bits > bitpos_int)
9417 /* Sigh, the decl must be packed. */
9418 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
9420 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
9421 object_offset_in_bits += decl_align_in_bits - 1;
9422 object_offset_in_bits /= decl_align_in_bits;
9423 object_offset_in_bits *= decl_align_in_bits;
9426 return object_offset_in_bits / BITS_PER_UNIT;
9429 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
9430 associated with them. */
9432 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
9434 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
9435 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
9436 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
9439 add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
9440 dw_loc_descr_ref descr)
9443 add_AT_loc (die, attr_kind, descr);
9446 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
9447 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
9448 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
9449 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
9450 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
9451 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
9454 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
9455 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
9456 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
9457 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
9458 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
9459 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
9460 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
9461 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
9462 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
9466 add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
9468 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
9469 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr = 0;
9471 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TREE_BINFO)
9473 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
9474 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (decl) && is_cxx ())
9476 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
9477 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
9478 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
9479 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
9481 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
9483 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
9485 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp;
9487 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
9488 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0);
9489 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9491 /* Extract the vtable address. */
9492 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
9493 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9495 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
9496 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl), 0);
9497 gcc_assert (offset < 0);
9499 tmp = int_loc_descriptor (-offset);
9500 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9501 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0);
9502 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9504 /* Extract the offset. */
9505 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
9506 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9508 /* Add it to the object address. */
9509 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0);
9510 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9513 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl), 0);
9516 offset = field_byte_offset (decl);
9520 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
9522 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
9523 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure field
9524 address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
9526 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9527 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
9528 operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the
9532 op = DW_OP_plus_uconst;
9535 loc_descr = new_loc_descr (op, offset, 0);
9538 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_data_member_location, loc_descr);
9541 /* Writes integer values to dw_vec_const array. */
9544 insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT val, unsigned int size, unsigned char *dest)
9548 *dest++ = val & 0xff;
9554 /* Reads integers from dw_vec_const array. Inverse of insert_int. */
9556 static HOST_WIDE_INT
9557 extract_int (const unsigned char *src, unsigned int size)
9559 HOST_WIDE_INT val = 0;
9565 val |= *--src & 0xff;
9571 /* Writes floating point values to dw_vec_const array. */
9574 insert_float (rtx rtl, unsigned char *array)
9580 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv, rtl);
9581 real_to_target (val, &rv, GET_MODE (rtl));
9583 /* real_to_target puts 32-bit pieces in each long. Pack them. */
9584 for (i = 0; i < GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / 4; i++)
9586 insert_int (val[i], 4, array);
9591 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
9592 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
9593 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
9594 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
9595 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
9598 add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, rtx rtl)
9600 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
9604 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
9607 add_AT_int (die, DW_AT_const_value, val);
9609 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_const_value, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) val);
9614 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
9615 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
9616 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
9617 represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
9619 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
9621 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT)
9623 unsigned int length = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
9624 unsigned char *array = ggc_alloc (length);
9626 insert_float (rtl, array);
9627 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, length / 4, 4, array);
9631 /* ??? We really should be using HOST_WIDE_INT throughout. */
9632 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT);
9634 add_AT_long_long (die, DW_AT_const_value,
9635 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl));
9642 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
9643 unsigned int elt_size = GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode);
9644 unsigned int length = CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl);
9645 unsigned char *array = ggc_alloc (length * elt_size);
9649 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode))
9651 case MODE_VECTOR_INT:
9652 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
9654 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
9655 HOST_WIDE_INT lo, hi;
9657 switch (GET_CODE (elt))
9665 lo = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (elt);
9666 hi = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (elt);
9673 if (elt_size <= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
9674 insert_int (lo, elt_size, p);
9677 unsigned char *p0 = p;
9678 unsigned char *p1 = p + sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT);
9680 gcc_assert (elt_size == 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT));
9681 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
9686 insert_int (lo, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p0);
9687 insert_int (hi, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p1);
9692 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT:
9693 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
9695 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
9696 insert_float (elt, p);
9704 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, length, elt_size, array);
9709 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_const_value, XSTR (rtl, 0));
9715 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_const_value, rtl);
9716 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray, rtl);
9720 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
9721 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
9722 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
9723 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
9724 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
9725 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
9726 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
9727 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
9728 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
9729 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
9730 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
9734 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
9741 rtl_for_decl_location (tree decl)
9745 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
9746 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
9747 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
9749 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
9750 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
9751 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
9752 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
9753 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
9754 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
9755 referenced within the function.
9757 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
9758 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
9759 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
9760 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
9762 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
9763 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
9764 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
9765 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
9766 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
9767 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
9769 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
9770 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
9771 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
9772 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
9773 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
9774 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
9775 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
9776 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
9777 output at debug-time.
9779 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
9780 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
9781 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
9782 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
9783 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
9784 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
9785 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
9786 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
9787 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
9788 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
9789 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
9790 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
9791 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
9793 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
9794 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
9795 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
9796 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
9797 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
9798 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
9799 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
9800 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
9803 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
9804 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
9805 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
9806 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
9807 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
9808 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
9809 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
9810 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
9811 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
9812 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
9813 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values. FIXME. */
9815 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
9816 rtl = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
9818 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
9819 constants, symbols living in memory, and symbols living in
9821 if (! reload_completed)
9824 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl)
9826 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
9828 && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
9829 && TREE_STATIC (decl))))
9831 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
9836 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL)
9838 if (rtl == NULL_RTX || is_pseudo_reg (rtl))
9840 tree declared_type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
9841 tree passed_type = DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl);
9842 enum machine_mode dmode = TYPE_MODE (declared_type);
9843 enum machine_mode pmode = TYPE_MODE (passed_type);
9845 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
9846 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
9847 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
9849 rtl = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
9850 else if (SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (dmode)
9851 && GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode)
9852 && DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
9854 rtx inc = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
9857 else if (MEM_P (inc))
9859 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
9860 rtl = adjust_address_nv (inc, dmode,
9861 GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode)
9862 - GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode));
9869 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
9870 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
9871 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
9872 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
9873 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
9874 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
9876 else if (MEM_P (rtl)
9877 && XEXP (rtl, 0) != const0_rtx
9878 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
9879 /* Not passed in memory. */
9880 && !MEM_P (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
9881 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
9882 && (!REG_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
9883 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
9884 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
9885 #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
9886 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
9889 /* Big endian correction check. */
9891 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) != GET_MODE (rtl)
9892 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)))
9895 int offset = (UNITS_PER_WORD
9896 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))));
9898 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
9899 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), offset));
9902 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
9905 && GET_MODE (rtl) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))
9906 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
9908 int rsize = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl));
9909 int dsize = GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)));
9911 /* If a variable is declared "register" yet is smaller than
9912 a register, then if we store the variable to memory, it
9913 looks like we're storing a register-sized value, when in
9914 fact we are not. We need to adjust the offset of the
9915 storage location to reflect the actual value's bytes,
9916 else gdb will not be able to display it. */
9918 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
9919 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), rsize-dsize));
9922 if (rtl != NULL_RTX)
9924 rtl = eliminate_regs (rtl, 0, NULL_RTX);
9925 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
9926 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs)
9927 leaf_renumber_regs_insn (rtl);
9931 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
9932 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
9933 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
9934 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
9936 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
9937 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
9938 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl)) == STRING_CST
9939 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == ARRAY_TYPE)
9941 tree arrtype = TREE_TYPE (decl);
9942 tree enttype = TREE_TYPE (arrtype);
9943 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (arrtype);
9944 tree init = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
9945 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (enttype);
9947 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 1
9949 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain))
9950 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain),
9951 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init) - 1) == 0
9952 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init)
9953 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)) + 1))
9954 rtl = gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode,
9955 ggc_strdup (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)));
9957 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
9958 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. Expanding anything else
9959 tends to produce unresolved symbols; see debug/5770 and c++/6381. */
9960 else if (TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl)) == INTEGER_CST
9961 || TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl)) == REAL_CST)
9963 rtl = expand_expr (DECL_INITIAL (decl), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode,
9964 EXPAND_INITIALIZER);
9965 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
9966 gcc_assert (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl));
9971 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
9973 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
9974 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
9975 code, and thus is not emitted. */
9977 rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
9982 /* Return true if DECL's containing function has a frame base attribute.
9983 Return false otherwise. */
9986 containing_function_has_frame_base (tree decl)
9988 tree declcontext = decl_function_context (decl);
9995 context = lookup_decl_die (declcontext);
9999 for (attr = context->die_attr; attr; attr = attr->dw_attr_next)
10000 if (attr->dw_attr == DW_AT_frame_base)
10005 /* Generate *either* a DW_AT_location attribute or else a DW_AT_const_value
10006 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
10007 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
10008 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
10009 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
10010 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
10011 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
10012 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
10013 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
10014 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
10017 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl,
10018 enum dwarf_attribute attr)
10021 dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
10022 var_loc_list *loc_list;
10024 struct var_loc_node *node;
10025 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
10028 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL
10029 || TREE_CODE (decl) == RESULT_DECL);
10031 can_use_fb = containing_function_has_frame_base (decl);
10033 /* See if we possibly have multiple locations for this variable. */
10034 loc_list = lookup_decl_loc (decl);
10036 /* If it truly has multiple locations, the first and last node will
10038 if (loc_list && loc_list->first != loc_list->last)
10040 const char *secname;
10041 const char *endname;
10042 dw_loc_list_ref list;
10046 /* We need to figure out what section we should use as the base
10047 for the address ranges where a given location is valid.
10048 1. If this particular DECL has a section associated with it,
10050 2. If this function has a section associated with it, use
10052 3. Otherwise, use the text section.
10053 XXX: If you split a variable across multiple sections, this
10056 if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
10058 tree sectree = DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl);
10059 secname = TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree);
10061 else if (current_function_decl
10062 && DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
10064 tree sectree = DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl);
10065 secname = TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree);
10068 secname = text_section_label;
10070 /* Now that we know what section we are using for a base,
10071 actually construct the list of locations.
10072 The first location information is what is passed to the
10073 function that creates the location list, and the remaining
10074 locations just get added on to that list.
10075 Note that we only know the start address for a location
10076 (IE location changes), so to build the range, we use
10077 the range [current location start, next location start].
10078 This means we have to special case the last node, and generate
10079 a range of [last location start, end of function label]. */
10081 node = loc_list->first;
10082 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note);
10083 list = new_loc_list (loc_descriptor (varloc, can_use_fb),
10084 node->label, node->next->label, secname, 1);
10087 for (; node->next; node = node->next)
10088 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->var_loc_note) != NULL_RTX)
10090 /* The variable has a location between NODE->LABEL and
10091 NODE->NEXT->LABEL. */
10092 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note);
10093 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (&list,
10094 loc_descriptor (varloc,
10096 node->label, node->next->label, secname);
10099 /* If the variable has a location at the last label
10100 it keeps its location until the end of function. */
10101 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->var_loc_note) != NULL_RTX)
10103 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
10105 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note);
10106 if (!current_function_decl)
10107 endname = text_end_label;
10110 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
10111 current_function_funcdef_no);
10112 endname = ggc_strdup (label_id);
10114 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (&list,
10115 loc_descriptor (varloc,
10117 node->label, endname, secname);
10120 /* Finally, add the location list to the DIE, and we are done. */
10121 add_AT_loc_list (die, attr, list);
10125 /* Try to get some constant RTL for this decl, and use that as the value of
10128 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (decl);
10129 if (rtl && (CONSTANT_P (rtl) || GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING))
10131 add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl);
10135 /* We couldn't get any rtl, and we had no >1 element location list, so try
10136 directly generating the location description from the tree. */
10137 descr = loc_descriptor_from_tree (decl);
10140 add_AT_location_description (die, attr, descr);
10144 /* Lastly, if we have tried to generate the location otherwise, and it
10145 didn't work out (we wouldn't be here if we did), and we have a one entry
10146 location list, try generating a location from that. */
10147 if (loc_list && loc_list->first)
10149 node = loc_list->first;
10150 descr = loc_descriptor (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note),
10153 add_AT_location_description (die, attr, descr);
10157 /* If we don't have a copy of this variable in memory for some reason (such
10158 as a C++ member constant that doesn't have an out-of-line definition),
10159 we should tell the debugger about the constant value. */
10162 tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref var_die, tree decl)
10164 tree init = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
10165 tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
10169 if (!TREE_READONLY (decl) || TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl))
10171 if (TREE_CODE (type) != INTEGER_TYPE)
10173 if (TREE_CODE (init) != INTEGER_CST)
10176 if (host_integerp (init, 0))
10177 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_const_value,
10178 tree_low_cst (init, 0));
10180 add_AT_long_long (var_die, DW_AT_const_value,
10181 TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (init),
10182 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (init));
10185 /* Generate a DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
10186 the value of the attribute. */
10189 add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref die, const char *name_string)
10191 if (name_string != NULL && *name_string != 0)
10193 if (demangle_name_func)
10194 name_string = (*demangle_name_func) (name_string);
10196 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name, name_string);
10200 /* Generate a DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */
10203 add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref die)
10205 const char *wd = get_src_pwd ();
10207 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_comp_dir, wd);
10210 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
10211 a representation for that bound. */
10214 add_bound_info (dw_die_ref subrange_die, enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr, tree bound)
10216 switch (TREE_CODE (bound))
10221 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
10223 if (! host_integerp (bound, 0)
10224 || (bound_attr == DW_AT_lower_bound
10225 && (((is_c_family () || is_java ()) && integer_zerop (bound))
10226 || (is_fortran () && integer_onep (bound)))))
10227 /* Use the default. */
10230 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, bound_attr, tree_low_cst (bound, 0));
10235 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
10236 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
10237 add_bound_info (subrange_die, bound_attr, TREE_OPERAND (bound, 0));
10247 dw_die_ref decl_die = lookup_decl_die (bound);
10249 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
10250 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
10251 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
10252 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
10253 later parameter. */
10254 if (decl_die != NULL)
10255 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
10261 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
10262 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
10264 dw_die_ref ctx, decl_die;
10265 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
10267 loc = loc_descriptor_from_tree (bound);
10271 if (current_function_decl == 0)
10272 ctx = comp_unit_die;
10274 ctx = lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl);
10276 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, ctx, bound);
10277 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
10278 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (bound), 1, 0, ctx);
10279 add_AT_loc (decl_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
10281 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
10287 /* Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
10288 includes information about the element type of type given array type. */
10291 add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref type_die, tree type)
10293 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10294 unsigned dimension_number;
10297 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
10299 /* The GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of
10300 one dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array
10301 types. Here we squish that down, so that each multidimensional array
10302 type gets only one array_type DIE in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft
10303 Dwarf specification say that we are allowed to do this kind of
10304 compression in C (because there is no difference between an array or
10305 arrays and a multidimensional array in C) but for other source languages
10306 (e.g. Ada) we probably shouldn't do this. */
10308 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
10309 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
10310 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
10311 gen_array_type_die. */
10312 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10313 for (dimension_number = 0;
10314 TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE;
10315 type = TREE_TYPE (type), dimension_number++)
10318 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
10320 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
10321 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
10323 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, type_die, NULL);
10326 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
10327 lower = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain);
10328 upper = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain);
10330 /* Define the index type. */
10331 if (TREE_TYPE (domain))
10333 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
10334 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
10335 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
10336 if (TREE_CODE (domain) == INTEGER_TYPE
10337 && TYPE_NAME (domain) == NULL_TREE
10338 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == INTEGER_TYPE
10339 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == NULL_TREE)
10342 add_type_attribute (subrange_die, TREE_TYPE (domain), 0, 0,
10346 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
10347 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
10349 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
10350 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
10351 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
10353 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, lower);
10355 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound, upper);
10358 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
10359 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
10365 add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree tree_node)
10369 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node))
10374 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
10377 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
10378 size = int_size_in_bytes (tree_node);
10381 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
10382 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
10383 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
10384 even for bit-fields. */
10385 size = simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node)) / BITS_PER_UNIT;
10388 gcc_unreachable ();
10391 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
10392 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
10393 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
10394 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
10395 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
10398 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
10399 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
10400 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
10403 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
10404 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
10405 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
10406 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
10407 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
10408 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
10410 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
10411 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
10412 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
10415 add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
10417 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes = field_byte_offset (decl);
10418 tree type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
10419 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
10420 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset;
10421 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset;
10422 HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned bit_offset;
10424 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
10425 gcc_assert (type && TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL);
10427 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
10428 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
10429 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
10430 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0)
10431 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
10434 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
10436 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
10437 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
10438 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
10439 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
10440 below must take account of these differences. */
10441 highest_order_object_bit_offset = object_offset_in_bytes * BITS_PER_UNIT;
10442 highest_order_field_bit_offset = bitpos_int;
10444 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
10446 highest_order_field_bit_offset += tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 0);
10447 highest_order_object_bit_offset += simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
10451 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
10452 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset - highest_order_field_bit_offset
10453 : highest_order_field_bit_offset - highest_order_object_bit_offset);
10455 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_offset, bit_offset);
10458 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
10459 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
10462 add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
10464 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
10465 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL
10466 && DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl));
10468 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
10469 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_size, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1));
10472 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
10473 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
10476 add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_type)
10478 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language) == DW_LANG_C89
10479 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type) != NULL)
10480 add_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_prototyped, 1);
10483 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
10484 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
10488 add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree origin)
10490 dw_die_ref origin_die = NULL;
10492 if (TREE_CODE (origin) != FUNCTION_DECL)
10494 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
10495 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
10496 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
10498 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
10499 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
10503 fn = TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn);
10505 fn = decl_function_context (fn);
10507 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn);
10510 if (DECL_P (origin))
10511 origin_die = lookup_decl_die (origin);
10512 else if (TYPE_P (origin))
10513 origin_die = lookup_type_die (origin);
10515 /* XXX: Functions that are never lowered don't always have correct block
10516 trees (in the case of java, they simply have no block tree, in some other
10517 languages). For these functions, there is nothing we can really do to
10518 output correct debug info for inlined functions in all cases. Rather
10519 than abort, we'll just produce deficient debug info now, in that we will
10520 have variables without a proper abstract origin. In the future, when all
10521 functions are lowered, we should re-add a gcc_assert (origin_die)
10525 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin, origin_die);
10528 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
10531 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_decl)
10533 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl))
10535 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
10537 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0))
10538 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location,
10539 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu,
10540 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0),
10543 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
10544 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
10545 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_containing_type,
10546 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl)));
10550 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
10553 add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
10555 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
10556 unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
10558 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
10559 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
10562 /* Add a DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
10563 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
10566 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
10570 decl_name = DECL_NAME (decl);
10571 if (decl_name != NULL && IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name) != NULL)
10573 add_name_attribute (die, dwarf2_name (decl, 0));
10574 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
10575 add_src_coords_attributes (die, decl);
10577 if ((TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
10578 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
10579 && DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) != DECL_NAME (decl)
10580 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
10581 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name,
10582 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)));
10585 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10586 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
10587 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
10588 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
10590 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address,
10591 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
10592 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
10597 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
10600 push_decl_scope (tree scope)
10602 VARRAY_PUSH_TREE (decl_scope_table, scope);
10605 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
10608 pop_decl_scope (void)
10610 gcc_assert (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (decl_scope_table) > 0);
10612 VARRAY_POP (decl_scope_table);
10615 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
10616 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
10617 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
10618 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
10619 the current active scope. */
10622 scope_die_for (tree t, dw_die_ref context_die)
10624 dw_die_ref scope_die = NULL;
10625 tree containing_scope;
10628 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
10629 gcc_assert (TYPE_P (t));
10631 containing_scope = TYPE_CONTEXT (t);
10633 /* Use the containing namespace if it was passed in (for a declaration). */
10634 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
10636 if (context_die == lookup_decl_die (containing_scope))
10639 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
10642 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
10643 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
10644 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
10645 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == FUNCTION_TYPE)
10646 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
10648 if (containing_scope == NULL_TREE)
10649 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
10650 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope))
10652 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
10653 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
10654 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
10655 for (i = VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (decl_scope_table) - 1; i >= 0; --i)
10656 if (VARRAY_TREE (decl_scope_table, i) == containing_scope)
10661 gcc_assert (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
10662 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope));
10664 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
10665 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
10668 scope_die = lookup_type_die (containing_scope);
10671 scope_die = context_die;
10676 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
10679 local_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
10681 for (; context_die; context_die = context_die->die_parent)
10682 if (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
10683 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
10689 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class or namespace, for deciding
10690 whether or not to treat a DIE in this context as a declaration. */
10693 class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
10695 return (context_die
10696 && (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_structure_type
10697 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_union_type
10698 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace));
10701 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
10702 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
10703 by 'type', and adds a DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
10706 add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref object_die, tree type, int decl_const,
10707 int decl_volatile, dw_die_ref context_die)
10709 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
10710 dw_die_ref type_die = NULL;
10712 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral or
10713 floating-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
10714 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
10715 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
10716 if ((code == INTEGER_TYPE || code == REAL_TYPE)
10717 && TREE_TYPE (type) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type) == 0)
10718 type = TREE_TYPE (type), code = TREE_CODE (type);
10720 if (code == ERROR_MARK
10721 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
10722 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
10723 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
10724 || code == VOID_TYPE)
10727 type_die = modified_type_die (type,
10728 decl_const || TYPE_READONLY (type),
10729 decl_volatile || TYPE_VOLATILE (type),
10732 if (type_die != NULL)
10733 add_AT_die_ref (object_die, DW_AT_type, type_die);
10736 /* Given an object die, add the calling convention attribute for the
10737 function call type. */
10739 add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref subr_die, tree type)
10741 enum dwarf_calling_convention value = DW_CC_normal;
10743 value = targetm.dwarf_calling_convention (type);
10745 /* Only add the attribute if the backend requests it, and
10746 is not DW_CC_normal. */
10747 if (value && (value != DW_CC_normal))
10748 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_calling_convention, value);
10751 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
10752 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
10753 was declared without a tag. */
10755 static const char *
10756 type_tag (tree type)
10758 const char *name = 0;
10760 if (TYPE_NAME (type) != 0)
10764 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
10765 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
10766 t = TYPE_NAME (type);
10768 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
10769 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
10771 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
10772 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type)))
10773 t = DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type));
10775 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
10777 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t);
10780 return (name == 0 || *name == '\0') ? 0 : name;
10783 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
10784 for bit field types. */
10787 member_declared_type (tree member)
10789 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member)
10790 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member) : TREE_TYPE (member));
10793 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
10794 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
10797 static const char *
10798 decl_start_label (tree decl)
10801 const char *fnname;
10803 x = DECL_RTL (decl);
10804 gcc_assert (MEM_P (x));
10807 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF);
10809 fnname = XSTR (x, 0);
10814 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
10815 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
10816 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
10819 gen_array_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
10821 dw_die_ref scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
10822 dw_die_ref array_die;
10825 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types unless
10826 the inner array type comes before the outer array type. Thus we must
10827 call gen_type_die before we call new_die. See below also. */
10828 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10829 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
10832 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_array_type, scope_die, type);
10833 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
10834 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
10836 if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
10838 /* The frontend feeds us a representation for the vector as a struct
10839 containing an array. Pull out the array type. */
10840 type = TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type)));
10841 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_GNU_vector, 1);
10845 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
10846 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
10847 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
10848 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
10849 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
10850 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
10851 for multidimensional arrays. */
10852 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_row_major);
10855 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10856 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
10857 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
10858 if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type))
10859 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
10862 add_subscript_info (array_die, type);
10864 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type. */
10865 element_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
10867 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
10868 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
10869 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
10870 add_subscript_info. */
10871 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10872 while (TREE_CODE (element_type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
10873 element_type = TREE_TYPE (element_type);
10875 gen_type_die (element_type, context_die);
10878 add_type_attribute (array_die, element_type, 0, 0, context_die);
10883 gen_entry_point_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
10885 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
10886 dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point, context_die, decl);
10888 if (origin != NULL)
10889 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die, origin);
10892 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
10893 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
10894 0, 0, context_die);
10897 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
10898 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
10900 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, decl_start_label (decl));
10904 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
10905 emit full debugging info for them. */
10908 retry_incomplete_types (void)
10912 for (i = VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (incomplete_types) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
10913 gen_type_die (VARRAY_TREE (incomplete_types, i), comp_unit_die);
10916 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of an enumeration type. */
10919 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
10921 dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type, context_die, type);
10923 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
10924 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
10925 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
10928 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a structure type. */
10931 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
10933 dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_structure_type, context_die, type);
10935 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
10936 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
10937 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
10940 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a union type. */
10943 gen_inlined_union_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
10945 dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_union_type, context_die, type);
10947 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
10948 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
10949 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
10952 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
10953 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
10954 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
10958 gen_enumeration_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
10960 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
10962 if (type_die == NULL)
10964 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type,
10965 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
10966 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
10967 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
10969 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type))
10972 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
10974 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
10975 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
10976 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
10977 if (TYPE_SIZE (type))
10981 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
10982 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
10983 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
10984 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
10986 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
10987 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
10988 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
10989 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type, context_die), type_die);
10991 for (link = TYPE_VALUES (type);
10992 link != NULL; link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
10994 dw_die_ref enum_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator, type_die, link);
10995 tree value = TREE_VALUE (link);
10997 add_name_attribute (enum_die,
10998 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link)));
11000 if (host_integerp (value, TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (value))))
11001 /* DWARF2 does not provide a way of indicating whether or
11002 not enumeration constants are signed or unsigned. GDB
11003 always assumes the values are signed, so we output all
11004 values as if they were signed. That means that
11005 enumeration constants with very large unsigned values
11006 will appear to have negative values in the debugger. */
11007 add_AT_int (enum_die, DW_AT_const_value,
11008 tree_low_cst (value, tree_int_cst_sgn (value) > 0));
11012 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
11017 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
11018 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
11021 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
11022 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
11023 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
11024 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
11025 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
11026 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
11027 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
11028 argument type of some subprogram type. */
11031 gen_formal_parameter_die (tree node, dw_die_ref context_die)
11033 dw_die_ref parm_die
11034 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter, context_die, node);
11037 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node)))
11039 case tcc_declaration:
11040 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (node);
11041 if (origin != NULL)
11042 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die, origin);
11045 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die, node);
11046 add_type_attribute (parm_die, TREE_TYPE (node),
11047 TREE_READONLY (node),
11048 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node),
11050 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node))
11051 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
11054 equate_decl_number_to_die (node, parm_die);
11055 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node))
11056 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die, node, DW_AT_location);
11061 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
11062 add_type_attribute (parm_die, node, 0, 0, context_die);
11066 gcc_unreachable ();
11072 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
11073 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
11076 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree decl_or_type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11078 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters, context_die, decl_or_type);
11081 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
11082 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
11083 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
11084 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
11087 gen_formal_types_die (tree function_or_method_type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11090 tree formal_type = NULL;
11091 tree first_parm_type;
11094 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == FUNCTION_DECL)
11096 arg = DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type);
11097 function_or_method_type = TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type);
11102 first_parm_type = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
11104 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
11105 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
11106 for (link = first_parm_type; link; )
11108 dw_die_ref parm_die;
11110 formal_type = TREE_VALUE (link);
11111 if (formal_type == void_type_node)
11114 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
11115 parm_die = gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type, context_die);
11116 if ((TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == METHOD_TYPE
11117 && link == first_parm_type)
11118 || (arg && DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg)))
11119 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
11121 link = TREE_CHAIN (link);
11123 arg = TREE_CHAIN (arg);
11126 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
11127 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
11128 if (formal_type != void_type_node)
11129 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type, context_die);
11131 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
11132 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
11133 for (link = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
11134 link && TREE_VALUE (link);
11135 link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
11136 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link), context_die);
11139 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
11140 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
11141 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
11142 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
11143 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
11146 gen_type_die_for_member (tree type, tree member, dw_die_ref context_die)
11148 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
11150 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
11151 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
11152 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))
11153 && ! lookup_decl_die (member))
11155 dw_die_ref type_die;
11156 gcc_assert (!decl_ultimate_origin (member));
11158 push_decl_scope (type);
11159 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
11160 if (TREE_CODE (member) == FUNCTION_DECL)
11161 gen_subprogram_die (member, type_die);
11162 else if (TREE_CODE (member) == FIELD_DECL)
11164 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle
11165 C++ anonymous unions and structs. */
11166 if (DECL_NAME (member) != NULL_TREE
11167 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member)) == UNION_TYPE
11168 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member)) == RECORD_TYPE)
11170 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (member), type_die);
11171 gen_field_die (member, type_die);
11175 gen_variable_die (member, type_die);
11181 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
11182 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
11185 dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree decl)
11187 dw_die_ref old_die;
11190 int was_abstract = DECL_ABSTRACT (decl);
11192 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
11193 decl = DECL_ORIGIN (decl);
11195 old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
11196 if (old_die && get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
11197 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
11200 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
11201 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
11202 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11204 context = decl_class_context (decl);
11206 gen_type_die_for_member
11207 (context, decl, decl_function_context (decl) ? NULL : comp_unit_die);
11210 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
11211 save_fn = current_function_decl;
11212 current_function_decl = decl;
11214 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 1);
11215 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
11216 if (! was_abstract)
11217 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 0);
11219 current_function_decl = save_fn;
11222 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
11226 gen_subprogram_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
11228 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11229 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
11230 dw_die_ref subr_die;
11234 dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
11235 int declaration = (current_function_decl != decl
11236 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die));
11238 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
11239 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
11240 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
11241 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
11242 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
11244 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
11245 if (origin && declaration && class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die))
11248 gcc_assert (!old_die);
11251 if (origin != NULL)
11253 gcc_assert (!declaration || local_scope_p (context_die));
11255 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
11256 inline function. */
11257 if (old_die && old_die->die_parent == NULL)
11258 add_child_die (context_die, old_die);
11260 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
11261 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, origin);
11265 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
11266 unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
11268 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration)
11269 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
11270 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
11271 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
11272 && !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
11274 /* Detect and ignore this case, where we are trying to output
11275 something we have already output. */
11279 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
11280 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
11281 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
11282 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
11283 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
11284 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
11285 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
11286 if ((old_die->die_parent == comp_unit_die || context_die == NULL)
11287 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
11288 || (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) == file_index
11289 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
11290 == (unsigned) s.line))))
11292 subr_die = old_die;
11294 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the formal parameters.
11295 Do not remove all children, because it is possible that this
11296 declaration die was forced using force_decl_die(). In such
11297 cases die that forced declaration die (e.g. TAG_imported_module)
11298 is one of the children that we do not want to remove. */
11299 remove_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration);
11300 remove_child_TAG (subr_die, DW_TAG_formal_parameter);
11304 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
11305 add_AT_specification (subr_die, old_die);
11306 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
11307 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
11308 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
11309 != (unsigned) s.line)
11311 (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
11316 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
11318 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
11319 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
11321 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die, decl);
11322 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11324 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (decl));
11325 add_type_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
11326 0, 0, context_die);
11329 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die, decl);
11330 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
11331 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
11333 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
11334 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
11335 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
11336 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
11341 if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
11343 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
11345 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
11346 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
11347 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
11348 handled above. The two may come from the same source text.
11350 Note that force_decl_die() forces function declaration die. It is
11351 later reused to represent definition. */
11352 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
11355 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
11357 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl))
11359 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl))
11360 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_inlined);
11362 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined);
11366 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl))
11367 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_inlined);
11369 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_not_inlined);
11372 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
11374 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
11376 if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
11377 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
11379 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
11380 current_function_funcdef_no);
11381 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label_id);
11382 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
11383 current_function_funcdef_no);
11384 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label_id);
11386 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
11387 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
11389 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11390 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
11391 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_fde, current_funcdef_fde);
11394 /* Define the "frame base" location for this routine. We use the
11395 frame pointer or stack pointer registers, since the RTL for local
11396 variables is relative to one of them. */
11397 if (frame_base_decl && lookup_decl_loc (frame_base_decl) != NULL)
11399 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (subr_die, frame_base_decl,
11405 = frame_pointer_needed ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx : stack_pointer_rtx;
11406 add_AT_loc (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, reg_loc_descriptor (fp_reg));
11409 if (cfun->static_chain_decl)
11410 add_AT_location_description (subr_die, DW_AT_static_link,
11411 loc_descriptor_from_tree (cfun->static_chain_decl));
11414 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
11415 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
11416 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
11417 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
11418 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
11419 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
11420 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
11421 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
11422 an ellipsis at the end. */
11424 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
11425 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
11426 its formal parameters. */
11427 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11429 else if (declaration)
11430 gen_formal_types_die (decl, subr_die);
11433 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters. */
11434 tree arg_decls = DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl);
11437 /* When generating DIEs, generate the unspecified_parameters DIE
11438 instead if we come across the arg "__builtin_va_alist" */
11439 for (parm = arg_decls; parm; parm = TREE_CHAIN (parm))
11440 if (TREE_CODE (parm) == PARM_DECL)
11442 if (DECL_NAME (parm)
11443 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm)),
11444 "__builtin_va_alist"))
11445 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (parm, subr_die);
11447 gen_decl_die (parm, subr_die);
11450 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
11451 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
11452 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
11453 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
11454 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
11455 parameters at all. */
11456 fn_arg_types = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl));
11457 if (fn_arg_types != NULL)
11459 /* This is the prototyped case, check for.... */
11460 if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types)) != void_type_node)
11461 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
11463 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
11464 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
11467 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
11468 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
11469 outer_scope = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
11471 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
11472 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
11473 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
11474 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
11475 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
11476 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
11477 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
11479 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
11480 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
11481 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
11482 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
11483 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
11484 constructor function. */
11485 if (! declaration && TREE_CODE (outer_scope) != ERROR_MARK)
11487 /* Emit a DW_TAG_variable DIE for a named return value. */
11488 if (DECL_NAME (DECL_RESULT (decl)))
11489 gen_decl_die (DECL_RESULT (decl), subr_die);
11491 current_function_has_inlines = 0;
11492 decls_for_scope (outer_scope, subr_die, 0);
11494 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
11495 if (current_function_has_inlines)
11497 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
11498 if (! comp_unit_has_inlines)
11500 add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
11501 comp_unit_has_inlines = 1;
11506 /* Add the calling convention attribute if requested. */
11507 add_calling_convention_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (decl));
11511 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object. */
11514 gen_variable_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
11516 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
11517 dw_die_ref var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, context_die, decl);
11519 dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
11520 int declaration = (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
11521 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die));
11523 if (origin != NULL)
11524 add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die, origin);
11526 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
11527 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
11529 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
11530 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
11533 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges.
11535 ??? The declare_in_namespace support causes us to get two DIEs for one
11536 variable, both of which are declarations. We want to avoid considering
11537 one to be a specification, so we must test that this DIE is not a
11539 else if (old_die && TREE_STATIC (decl) && ! declaration
11540 && get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration) == 1)
11542 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
11543 add_AT_specification (var_die, old_die);
11544 if (DECL_NAME (decl))
11546 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
11547 unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
11549 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
11550 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
11552 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
11553 != (unsigned) s.line)
11555 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
11560 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die, decl);
11561 add_type_attribute (var_die, TREE_TYPE (decl), TREE_READONLY (decl),
11562 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
11564 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
11565 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
11567 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
11568 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
11570 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
11571 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
11572 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
11573 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
11577 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
11579 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) || declaration)
11580 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, var_die);
11582 if (! declaration && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
11584 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die, decl, DW_AT_location);
11585 add_pubname (decl, var_die);
11588 tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die, decl);
11591 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
11594 gen_label_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
11596 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
11597 dw_die_ref lbl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_label, context_die, decl);
11599 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11601 if (origin != NULL)
11602 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die, origin);
11604 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die, decl);
11606 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
11607 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, lbl_die);
11610 insn = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
11612 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
11613 eliminated because of various optimizations. We still emit them
11614 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
11618 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL))))
11620 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
11621 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
11622 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
11623 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
11624 it if it ever does happen. */
11625 gcc_assert (!INSN_DELETED_P (insn));
11627 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn));
11628 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
11633 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
11636 gen_lexical_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
11638 dw_die_ref stmt_die = new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block, context_die, stmt);
11639 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11641 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
11643 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt))
11647 add_AT_range_list (stmt_die, DW_AT_ranges, add_ranges (stmt));
11649 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt);
11652 add_ranges (chain);
11653 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain);
11660 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
11661 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
11662 add_AT_lbl_id (stmt_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
11663 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_END_LABEL,
11664 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
11665 add_AT_lbl_id (stmt_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label);
11669 decls_for_scope (stmt, stmt_die, depth);
11672 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
11675 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
11677 tree decl = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
11679 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. We
11680 must emit this even if the block is abstract, otherwise when we
11681 emit the block below (or elsewhere), we may end up trying to emit
11682 a die whose origin die hasn't been emitted, and crashing. */
11683 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
11685 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
11687 dw_die_ref subr_die
11688 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine, context_die, stmt);
11689 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11691 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, decl);
11692 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
11693 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
11694 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
11695 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_END_LABEL,
11696 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
11697 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label);
11698 decls_for_scope (stmt, subr_die, depth);
11699 current_function_has_inlines = 1;
11702 /* We may get here if we're the outer block of function A that was
11703 inlined into function B that was inlined into function C. When
11704 generating debugging info for C, dwarf2out_abstract_function(B)
11705 would mark all inlined blocks as abstract, including this one.
11706 So, we wouldn't (and shouldn't) expect labels to be generated
11707 for this one. Instead, just emit debugging info for
11708 declarations within the block. This is particularly important
11709 in the case of initializers of arguments passed from B to us:
11710 if they're statement expressions containing declarations, we
11711 wouldn't generate dies for their abstract variables, and then,
11712 when generating dies for the real variables, we'd die (pun
11714 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
11717 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
11720 gen_field_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
11722 dw_die_ref decl_die;
11724 if (TREE_TYPE (decl) == error_mark_node)
11727 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_member, context_die, decl);
11728 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
11729 add_type_attribute (decl_die, member_declared_type (decl),
11730 TREE_READONLY (decl), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl),
11733 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl))
11735 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
11736 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
11737 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die, decl);
11740 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl)) != UNION_TYPE)
11741 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die, decl);
11743 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
11744 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
11746 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
11747 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
11748 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
11749 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
11751 /* Equate decl number to die, so that we can look up this decl later on. */
11752 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
11756 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
11757 Use modified_type_die instead.
11758 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
11759 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
11762 gen_pointer_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11765 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
11767 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
11768 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
11769 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
11772 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
11773 Use modified_type_die instead.
11774 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
11775 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
11778 gen_reference_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11781 = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
11783 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ref_die);
11784 add_type_attribute (ref_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
11785 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
11789 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
11792 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11795 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type,
11796 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
11798 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
11799 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
11800 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type)));
11801 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
11804 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
11807 gen_compile_unit_die (const char *filename)
11810 char producer[250];
11811 const char *language_string = lang_hooks.name;
11814 die = new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit, NULL, NULL);
11818 add_name_attribute (die, filename);
11819 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
11820 if (filename[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR && filename[0] != '<')
11821 add_comp_dir_attribute (die);
11824 sprintf (producer, "%s %s", language_string, version_string);
11826 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11827 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
11828 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
11829 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
11830 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
11831 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
11832 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
11833 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11834 strcat (producer, " -g");
11837 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_producer, producer);
11839 if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU C++") == 0)
11840 language = DW_LANG_C_plus_plus;
11841 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Ada") == 0)
11842 language = DW_LANG_Ada95;
11843 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU F77") == 0)
11844 language = DW_LANG_Fortran77;
11845 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU F95") == 0)
11846 language = DW_LANG_Fortran95;
11847 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
11848 language = DW_LANG_Pascal83;
11849 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Java") == 0)
11850 language = DW_LANG_Java;
11852 language = DW_LANG_C89;
11854 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_language, language);
11858 /* Generate a DIE for a string type. */
11861 gen_string_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11863 dw_die_ref type_die
11864 = new_die (DW_TAG_string_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
11866 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
11868 /* ??? Fudge the string length attribute for now.
11869 TODO: add string length info. */
11871 string_length_attribute (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)));
11872 bound_representation (upper_bound, 0, 'u');
11876 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
11879 gen_inheritance_die (tree binfo, tree access, dw_die_ref context_die)
11881 dw_die_ref die = new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance, context_die, binfo);
11883 add_type_attribute (die, BINFO_TYPE (binfo), 0, 0, context_die);
11884 add_data_member_location_attribute (die, binfo);
11886 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (binfo))
11887 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
11889 if (access == access_public_node)
11890 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_public);
11891 else if (access == access_protected_node)
11892 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
11895 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
11898 gen_member_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11901 tree binfo = TYPE_BINFO (type);
11904 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
11905 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
11906 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
11907 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
11908 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
11909 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
11910 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
11911 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
11912 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
11913 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
11914 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
11916 /* First output info about the base classes. */
11919 VEC (tree) *accesses = BINFO_BASE_ACCESSES (binfo);
11923 for (i = 0; BINFO_BASE_ITERATE (binfo, i, base); i++)
11924 gen_inheritance_die (base,
11925 (accesses ? VEC_index (tree, accesses, i)
11926 : access_public_node), context_die);
11929 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
11930 for (member = TYPE_FIELDS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
11932 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
11933 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
11934 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
11935 do put them in the right order. */
11937 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
11939 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
11941 gen_decl_die (member, context_die);
11944 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
11945 for (member = TYPE_METHODS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
11947 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
11948 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member))
11951 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
11953 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
11955 gen_decl_die (member, context_die);
11959 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
11960 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
11961 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
11964 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11966 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
11967 dw_die_ref scope_die = 0;
11969 int complete = (TYPE_SIZE (type)
11970 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
11971 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))));
11972 int ns_decl = (context_die && context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace);
11974 if (type_die && ! complete)
11977 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type) != NULL_TREE
11978 && (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
11979 || TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)) == NAMESPACE_DECL))
11982 scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
11984 if (! type_die || (nested && scope_die == comp_unit_die))
11985 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
11987 dw_die_ref old_die = type_die;
11989 type_die = new_die (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE
11990 ? DW_TAG_structure_type : DW_TAG_union_type,
11992 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
11994 add_AT_specification (type_die, old_die);
11996 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
11999 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
12001 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
12002 then give a list of members. */
12003 if (complete && !ns_decl)
12005 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
12006 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
12007 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
12008 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
12009 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
12010 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
12012 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
12013 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
12014 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
12015 add_child_die (scope_die, type_die);
12017 push_decl_scope (type);
12018 gen_member_die (type, type_die);
12021 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
12022 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type))
12024 tree vtype = DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type));
12026 gen_type_die (vtype, context_die);
12027 add_AT_die_ref (type_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
12028 lookup_type_die (vtype));
12033 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
12035 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
12036 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
12037 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)))
12038 VARRAY_PUSH_TREE (incomplete_types, type);
12042 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
12045 gen_subroutine_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12047 tree return_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
12048 dw_die_ref subr_die
12049 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type,
12050 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
12052 equate_type_number_to_die (type, subr_die);
12053 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, type);
12054 add_type_attribute (subr_die, return_type, 0, 0, context_die);
12055 gen_formal_types_die (type, subr_die);
12058 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition. */
12061 gen_typedef_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
12063 dw_die_ref type_die;
12066 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
12069 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
12070 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_typedef, context_die, decl);
12071 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
12072 if (origin != NULL)
12073 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, origin);
12078 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die, decl);
12079 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl))
12081 type = DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl);
12083 gcc_assert (type != TREE_TYPE (decl));
12084 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), type_die);
12087 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
12089 add_type_attribute (type_die, type, TREE_READONLY (decl),
12090 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
12093 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
12094 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, type_die);
12097 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
12100 gen_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12104 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
12107 if (TYPE_NAME (type) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
12108 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)))
12110 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
12113 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
12114 gcc_assert (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)) != type);
12116 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
12117 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type), context_die);
12121 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
12122 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
12123 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
12124 now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the
12125 cloned type itself). */
12126 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
12127 type = type_main_variant (type);
12129 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
12132 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
12138 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
12139 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
12140 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
12141 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
12142 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
12144 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
12146 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
12147 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
12148 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
12152 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
12153 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
12154 gen_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type), context_die);
12156 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
12157 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
12159 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
12161 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type, context_die);
12165 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
12166 /* No way to represent these in Dwarf yet! */
12167 gcc_unreachable ();
12170 case FUNCTION_TYPE:
12171 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
12172 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
12173 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
12177 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
12178 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
12179 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
12183 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type) && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == CHAR_TYPE)
12185 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
12186 gen_string_type_die (type, context_die);
12189 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
12193 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
12196 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
12199 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
12200 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
12201 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
12202 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
12203 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
12204 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
12205 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
12206 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)
12207 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
12208 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
12210 gen_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type), context_die);
12212 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
12215 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
12216 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
12217 context_die = lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
12222 declare_in_namespace (type, context_die);
12226 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE)
12227 gen_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
12229 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type, context_die);
12234 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
12235 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
12236 when appropriate. */
12245 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
12249 /* No Dwarf representation currently defined. */
12253 gcc_unreachable ();
12256 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
12259 /* Generate a DIE for a tagged type instantiation. */
12262 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12264 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
12267 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version of
12268 this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so make sure
12269 that we have the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this
12271 gcc_assert (type == type_main_variant (type));
12273 /* Do not check TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) as it may not be set if this is
12274 an instance of an unresolved type. */
12276 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
12281 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
12282 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
12286 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (type, context_die);
12290 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
12291 gen_inlined_union_type_die (type, context_die);
12295 gcc_unreachable ();
12299 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
12300 things which are local to the given block. */
12303 gen_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
12305 int must_output_die = 0;
12308 enum tree_code origin_code;
12310 /* Ignore blocks that are NULL. */
12311 if (stmt == NULL_TREE)
12314 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
12315 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
12316 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
12317 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt))
12321 for (sub = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt); sub; sub = BLOCK_CHAIN (sub))
12322 gen_block_die (sub, context_die, depth + 1);
12327 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of this block. This block may be an
12328 inlined instance of an inlined instance of inline function, so we have
12329 to trace all of the way back through the origin chain to find out what
12330 sort of node actually served as the original seed for the creation of
12331 the current block. */
12332 origin = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
12333 origin_code = (origin != NULL) ? TREE_CODE (origin) : ERROR_MARK;
12335 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
12337 if (origin_code == FUNCTION_DECL)
12338 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
12339 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
12340 must_output_die = 1;
12343 /* In the case where the current block represents an inlining of the
12344 "body block" of an inline function, we must *NOT* output any DIE for
12345 this block because we have already output a DIE to represent the whole
12346 inlined function scope and the "body block" of any function doesn't
12347 really represent a different scope according to ANSI C rules. So we
12348 check here to make sure that this block does not represent a "body
12349 block inlining" before trying to set the MUST_OUTPUT_DIE flag. */
12350 if (! is_body_block (origin ? origin : stmt))
12352 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
12353 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
12354 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12355 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
12356 as being a "significant" one. */
12357 must_output_die = (BLOCK_VARS (stmt) != NULL
12358 && (TREE_USED (stmt)
12359 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt)
12360 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt)));
12362 /* We are in terse mode, so only local (nested) function
12363 definitions count as "significant" local declarations. */
12364 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt);
12365 decl != NULL; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
12366 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
12367 && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
12369 must_output_die = 1;
12375 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
12376 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
12377 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
12378 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
12379 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
12380 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
12381 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
12382 if (must_output_die)
12384 if (origin_code == FUNCTION_DECL)
12385 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
12387 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
12390 decls_for_scope (stmt, context_die, depth);
12393 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
12394 all of its sub-blocks. */
12397 decls_for_scope (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
12402 /* Ignore NULL blocks. */
12403 if (stmt == NULL_TREE)
12406 if (TREE_USED (stmt))
12408 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
12409 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
12410 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
12411 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
12412 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt); decl != NULL; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
12416 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
12417 die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
12418 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
12419 die = lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
12423 if (die != NULL && die->die_parent == NULL)
12424 add_child_die (context_die, die);
12426 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
12430 /* If we're at -g1, we're not interested in subblocks. */
12431 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12434 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
12435 therein) of this block. */
12436 for (subblocks = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt);
12438 subblocks = BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks))
12439 gen_block_die (subblocks, context_die, depth + 1);
12442 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
12445 is_redundant_typedef (tree decl)
12447 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
12450 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
12451 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl)
12452 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
12453 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))) == TYPE_DECL
12454 && DECL_NAME (decl) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))))
12455 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
12461 /* Returns the DIE for decl or else. */
12464 force_decl_die (tree decl)
12466 dw_die_ref decl_die;
12467 unsigned saved_external_flag;
12468 tree save_fn = NULL_TREE;
12469 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
12472 dw_die_ref context_die;
12473 tree decl_context = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
12476 /* Find die that represents this context. */
12477 if (TYPE_P (decl_context))
12478 context_die = force_type_die (decl_context);
12480 context_die = force_decl_die (decl_context);
12483 context_die = comp_unit_die;
12485 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
12487 case FUNCTION_DECL:
12488 /* Clear current_function_decl, so that gen_subprogram_die thinks
12489 that this is a declaration. At this point, we just want to force
12490 declaration die. */
12491 save_fn = current_function_decl;
12492 current_function_decl = NULL_TREE;
12493 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
12494 current_function_decl = save_fn;
12498 /* Set external flag to force declaration die. Restore it after
12499 gen_decl_die() call. */
12500 saved_external_flag = DECL_EXTERNAL (decl);
12501 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = 1;
12502 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
12503 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = saved_external_flag;
12506 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
12507 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
12511 gcc_unreachable ();
12514 /* We should be able to find the die for this decl now. */
12516 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
12517 gcc_assert (decl_die);
12523 /* Returns the DIE for decl or else. */
12526 force_type_die (tree type)
12528 dw_die_ref type_die;
12530 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
12533 dw_die_ref context_die;
12534 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
12535 if (TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
12536 context_die = force_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
12538 context_die = force_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
12540 context_die = comp_unit_die;
12542 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
12543 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
12544 gcc_assert (type_die);
12549 /* Force out any required namespaces to be able to output DECL,
12550 and return the new context_die for it, if it's changed. */
12553 setup_namespace_context (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die)
12555 tree context = (DECL_P (thing)
12556 ? DECL_CONTEXT (thing) : TYPE_CONTEXT (thing));
12557 if (context && TREE_CODE (context) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
12558 /* Force out the namespace. */
12559 context_die = force_decl_die (context);
12561 return context_die;
12564 /* Emit a declaration DIE for THING (which is either a DECL or a tagged
12565 type) within its namespace, if appropriate.
12567 For compatibility with older debuggers, namespace DIEs only contain
12568 declarations; all definitions are emitted at CU scope. */
12571 declare_in_namespace (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die)
12573 dw_die_ref ns_context;
12575 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12578 /* If this decl is from an inlined function, then don't try to emit it in its
12579 namespace, as we will get confused. It would have already been emitted
12580 when the abstract instance of the inline function was emitted anyways. */
12581 if (DECL_P (thing) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (thing))
12584 ns_context = setup_namespace_context (thing, context_die);
12586 if (ns_context != context_die)
12588 if (DECL_P (thing))
12589 gen_decl_die (thing, ns_context);
12591 gen_type_die (thing, ns_context);
12595 /* Generate a DIE for a namespace or namespace alias. */
12598 gen_namespace_die (tree decl)
12600 dw_die_ref context_die = setup_namespace_context (decl, comp_unit_die);
12602 /* Namespace aliases have a DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN of the namespace
12603 they are an alias of. */
12604 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == NULL)
12606 /* Output a real namespace. */
12607 dw_die_ref namespace_die
12608 = new_die (DW_TAG_namespace, context_die, decl);
12609 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl);
12610 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die);
12614 /* Output a namespace alias. */
12616 /* Force out the namespace we are an alias of, if necessary. */
12617 dw_die_ref origin_die
12618 = force_decl_die (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
12620 /* Now create the namespace alias DIE. */
12621 dw_die_ref namespace_die
12622 = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration, context_die, decl);
12623 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl);
12624 add_AT_die_ref (namespace_die, DW_AT_import, origin_die);
12625 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die);
12629 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL. */
12632 gen_decl_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
12636 if (DECL_P (decl) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
12639 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
12645 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
12646 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
12649 case FUNCTION_DECL:
12650 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
12651 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
12652 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE && DECL_CONTEXT (decl) == NULL_TREE
12653 && (current_function_decl == NULL_TREE || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)))
12658 /* This doesn't work because the C frontend sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN
12659 on local redeclarations of global functions. That seems broken. */
12660 if (current_function_decl != decl)
12661 /* This is only a declaration. */;
12664 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
12665 if (DECL_ORIGIN (decl) != decl)
12666 dwarf2out_abstract_function (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
12668 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
12669 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
12670 else if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl)
12671 && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)
12672 && ! class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die)
12673 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
12674 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
12675 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
12676 && DECL_INITIAL (decl) != NULL_TREE)
12678 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
12679 set_decl_origin_self (decl);
12682 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
12683 else if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12685 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
12686 have described its return type. */
12687 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)), context_die);
12689 /* And its virtual context. */
12690 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl) != NULL_TREE)
12691 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl), context_die);
12693 /* And its containing type. */
12694 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
12695 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
12696 gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die);
12698 /* And its containing namespace. */
12699 declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die);
12702 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
12703 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
12707 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
12708 actual typedefs. */
12709 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12712 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
12713 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
12714 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
12715 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
12716 have to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
12717 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. */
12718 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl) != NULL_TREE)
12720 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
12724 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl))
12725 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
12727 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
12728 gen_typedef_die (decl, context_die);
12732 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
12733 gen_label_die (decl, context_die);
12738 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
12739 variable declarations or definitions. */
12740 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12743 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
12745 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
12747 /* And its containing type. */
12748 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
12749 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
12750 gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die);
12752 /* And its containing namespace. */
12753 declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die);
12755 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
12756 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
12757 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
12759 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
12760 if (origin != NULL_TREE && TREE_CODE (origin) == PARM_DECL)
12761 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, context_die);
12763 gen_variable_die (decl, context_die);
12767 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
12768 anonymous unions and structs. */
12769 if (DECL_NAME (decl) != NULL_TREE
12770 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == UNION_TYPE
12771 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == RECORD_TYPE)
12773 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl), context_die);
12774 gen_field_die (decl, context_die);
12779 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
12780 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, context_die);
12783 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
12784 gen_namespace_die (decl);
12788 /* Probably some frontend-internal decl. Assume we don't care. */
12789 gcc_assert ((int)TREE_CODE (decl) > NUM_TREE_CODES);
12794 /* Add Ada "use" clause information for SGI Workshop debugger. */
12797 dwarf2out_add_library_unit_info (const char *filename, const char *context_list)
12799 unsigned int file_index;
12801 if (filename != NULL)
12803 dw_die_ref unit_die = new_die (DW_TAG_module, comp_unit_die, NULL);
12804 tree context_list_decl
12805 = build_decl (LABEL_DECL, get_identifier (context_list),
12808 TREE_PUBLIC (context_list_decl) = TRUE;
12809 add_name_attribute (unit_die, context_list);
12810 file_index = lookup_filename (filename);
12811 add_AT_unsigned (unit_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
12812 add_pubname (context_list_decl, unit_die);
12816 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
12817 compilation proper has finished. */
12820 dwarf2out_global_decl (tree decl)
12822 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
12823 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which had no
12824 corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations and
12825 definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
12826 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || !DECL_INITIAL (decl))
12827 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
12830 /* Output debug information for type decl DECL. Called from toplev.c
12831 and from language front ends (to record built-in types). */
12833 dwarf2out_type_decl (tree decl, int local)
12836 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
12839 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl. */
12842 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree decl, tree context)
12844 dw_die_ref imported_die, at_import_die;
12845 dw_die_ref scope_die;
12846 unsigned file_index;
12847 expanded_location xloc;
12849 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12854 /* To emit DW_TAG_imported_module or DW_TAG_imported_decl, we need two DIEs.
12855 We need decl DIE for reference and scope die. First, get DIE for the decl
12858 /* Get the scope die for decl context. Use comp_unit_die for global module
12859 or decl. If die is not found for non globals, force new die. */
12861 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
12862 else if (TYPE_P (context))
12863 scope_die = force_type_die (context);
12865 scope_die = force_decl_die (context);
12867 /* For TYPE_DECL or CONST_DECL, lookup TREE_TYPE. */
12868 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == CONST_DECL)
12869 at_import_die = force_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
12872 at_import_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
12873 if (!at_import_die)
12875 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
12876 emitted the member decl for this field. Emit it now. */
12877 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL)
12879 tree type = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
12880 dw_die_ref type_context_die;
12882 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
12883 if (TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
12884 type_context_die = force_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
12886 type_context_die = force_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
12888 type_context_die = comp_unit_die;
12889 gen_type_die_for_member (type, decl, type_context_die);
12891 at_import_die = force_decl_die (decl);
12895 /* OK, now we have DIEs for decl as well as scope. Emit imported die. */
12896 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
12897 imported_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_module, scope_die, context);
12899 imported_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration, scope_die, context);
12901 xloc = expand_location (input_location);
12902 file_index = lookup_filename (xloc.file);
12903 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
12904 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die, DW_AT_decl_line, xloc.line);
12905 add_AT_die_ref (imported_die, DW_AT_import, at_import_die);
12908 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
12911 dwarf2out_decl (tree decl)
12913 dw_die_ref context_die = comp_unit_die;
12915 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
12920 case FUNCTION_DECL:
12921 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
12922 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
12923 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
12924 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
12925 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
12926 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
12927 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
12928 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
12929 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
12930 with the definition of the function.
12932 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
12933 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
12934 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
12935 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
12936 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
12937 translation unit (an thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
12938 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
12939 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
12940 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
12941 that they *are* definitions).
12943 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
12944 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
12945 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
12946 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
12947 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
12948 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
12951 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
12952 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
12953 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
12954 if (decl_function_context (decl)
12955 /* But if we're in terse mode, we don't care about scope. */
12956 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12957 context_die = NULL;
12961 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
12962 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
12963 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
12964 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
12965 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
12966 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
12967 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
12968 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
12969 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) && !TREE_USED (decl))
12972 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
12973 variable declarations or definitions. */
12974 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12978 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
12979 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12981 if (lookup_decl_die (decl) != NULL)
12986 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
12987 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl))
12990 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
12991 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
12992 if (DECL_IS_BUILTIN (decl))
12994 /* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type
12995 comparisons have. */
12996 if ((get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language)
12997 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus)
12998 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE
12999 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
13000 modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), 0, 0, NULL);
13005 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
13006 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13009 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
13010 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
13011 if (decl_function_context (decl))
13012 context_die = NULL;
13020 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
13023 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
13024 a lexical block. */
13027 dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
13028 unsigned int blocknum)
13030 function_section (current_function_decl);
13031 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, blocknum);
13034 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
13038 dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, unsigned int blocknum)
13040 function_section (current_function_decl);
13041 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_END_LABEL, blocknum);
13044 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
13045 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
13047 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
13048 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
13049 we may end up calling them anyway. */
13052 dwarf2out_ignore_block (tree block)
13056 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (block); decl; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
13057 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
13058 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl)))
13064 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
13065 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
13066 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
13067 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
13068 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
13069 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
13070 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
13071 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
13072 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
13076 lookup_filename (const char *file_name)
13079 char *save_file_name;
13081 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
13082 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
13083 if (file_table_last_lookup_index != 0)
13086 = VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, file_table_last_lookup_index);
13087 if (strcmp (file_name, last) == 0)
13088 return file_table_last_lookup_index;
13091 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table. */
13092 n = VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table);
13093 for (i = 1; i < n; i++)
13094 if (strcmp (file_name, VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, i)) == 0)
13096 file_table_last_lookup_index = i;
13100 /* Add the new entry to the end of the filename table. */
13101 file_table_last_lookup_index = n;
13102 save_file_name = (char *) ggc_strdup (file_name);
13103 VARRAY_PUSH_CHAR_PTR (file_table, save_file_name);
13104 VARRAY_PUSH_UINT (file_table_emitted, 0);
13110 maybe_emit_file (int fileno)
13112 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO && fileno > 0)
13114 if (!VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted, fileno))
13116 VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted, fileno) = ++emitcount;
13117 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.file %u ",
13118 VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted, fileno));
13119 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file,
13120 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, fileno));
13121 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
13123 return VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted, fileno);
13130 init_file_table (void)
13132 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the file_table. */
13133 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR_INIT (file_table, 64, "file_table");
13134 VARRAY_UINT_INIT (file_table_emitted, 64, "file_table_emitted");
13136 /* Skip the first entry - file numbers begin at 1. */
13137 VARRAY_PUSH_CHAR_PTR (file_table, NULL);
13138 VARRAY_PUSH_UINT (file_table_emitted, 0);
13139 file_table_last_lookup_index = 0;
13142 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a var location. We
13143 use it to drop labels in the right places, and throw the location in
13144 our lookup table. */
13147 dwarf2out_var_location (rtx loc_note)
13149 char loclabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
13150 struct var_loc_node *newloc;
13152 static rtx last_insn;
13153 static const char *last_label;
13156 if (!DECL_P (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note)))
13158 prev_insn = PREV_INSN (loc_note);
13160 newloc = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct var_loc_node));
13161 /* If the insn we processed last time is the previous insn
13162 and it is also a var location note, use the label we emitted
13164 if (last_insn != NULL_RTX
13165 && last_insn == prev_insn
13166 && NOTE_P (prev_insn)
13167 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (prev_insn) == NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION)
13169 newloc->label = last_label;
13173 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loclabel, "LVL", loclabel_num);
13174 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, "LVL", loclabel_num);
13176 newloc->label = ggc_strdup (loclabel);
13178 newloc->var_loc_note = loc_note;
13179 newloc->next = NULL;
13181 last_insn = loc_note;
13182 last_label = newloc->label;
13183 decl = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note);
13184 if (DECL_DEBUG_EXPR (decl) && DECL_DEBUG_EXPR_IS_FROM (decl)
13185 && DECL_P (DECL_DEBUG_EXPR (decl)))
13186 decl = DECL_DEBUG_EXPR (decl);
13187 add_var_loc_to_decl (decl, newloc);
13190 /* We need to reset the locations at the beginning of each
13191 function. We can't do this in the end_function hook, because the
13192 declarations that use the locations won't have been outputted when
13193 that hook is called. */
13196 dwarf2out_begin_function (tree unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
13198 htab_empty (decl_loc_table);
13201 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
13202 and record information relating to this source line, in
13203 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
13206 dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int line, const char *filename)
13208 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
13211 function_section (current_function_decl);
13213 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
13214 if (flag_debug_asm)
13215 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START,
13218 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
13220 unsigned file_num = lookup_filename (filename);
13222 file_num = maybe_emit_file (file_num);
13224 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
13225 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.loc %d %d 0\n", file_num, line);
13227 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
13228 line_info_table_in_use++;
13230 /* Indicate that multiple line number tables exist. */
13231 if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
13232 separate_line_info_table_in_use++;
13234 else if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
13236 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info;
13237 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
13238 separate_line_info_table_in_use);
13240 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
13241 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
13242 == separate_line_info_table_allocated)
13244 separate_line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
13245 separate_line_info_table
13246 = ggc_realloc (separate_line_info_table,
13247 separate_line_info_table_allocated
13248 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry));
13249 memset (separate_line_info_table
13250 + separate_line_info_table_in_use,
13252 (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
13253 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry)));
13256 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
13258 = &separate_line_info_table[separate_line_info_table_in_use++];
13259 line_info->dw_file_num = lookup_filename (filename);
13260 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
13261 line_info->function = current_function_funcdef_no;
13265 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
13267 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, LINE_CODE_LABEL,
13268 line_info_table_in_use);
13270 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
13271 if (line_info_table_in_use == line_info_table_allocated)
13273 line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
13275 = ggc_realloc (line_info_table,
13276 (line_info_table_allocated
13277 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry)));
13278 memset (line_info_table + line_info_table_in_use, 0,
13279 LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry));
13282 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
13283 line_info = &line_info_table[line_info_table_in_use++];
13284 line_info->dw_file_num = lookup_filename (filename);
13285 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
13290 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
13293 dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned int lineno, const char *filename)
13295 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
13297 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
13298 dw_die_ref bincl_die;
13300 bincl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL);
13301 add_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name, filename);
13304 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13306 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13307 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file, "Start new file");
13308 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "Included from line number %d",
13310 maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename));
13311 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lookup_filename (filename),
13312 "Filename we just started");
13316 /* Record the end of a source file. */
13319 dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
13321 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
13322 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
13323 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL);
13325 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13327 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13328 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file, "End file");
13332 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
13333 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
13334 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
13337 dwarf2out_define (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
13338 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
13340 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13342 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13343 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define, "Define macro");
13344 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
13345 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
13349 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
13350 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
13351 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
13354 dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
13355 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
13357 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13359 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13360 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef, "Undefine macro");
13361 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
13362 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
13366 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
13369 dwarf2out_init (const char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
13371 init_file_table ();
13373 /* Allocate the decl_die_table. */
13374 decl_die_table = htab_create_ggc (10, decl_die_table_hash,
13375 decl_die_table_eq, NULL);
13377 /* Allocate the decl_loc_table. */
13378 decl_loc_table = htab_create_ggc (10, decl_loc_table_hash,
13379 decl_loc_table_eq, NULL);
13381 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
13382 VARRAY_TREE_INIT (decl_scope_table, 256, "decl_scope_table");
13384 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
13385 abbrev_die_table = ggc_alloc_cleared (ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
13386 * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
13387 abbrev_die_table_allocated = ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
13388 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
13389 abbrev_die_table_in_use = 1;
13391 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
13392 line_info_table = ggc_alloc_cleared (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
13393 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry));
13394 line_info_table_allocated = LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
13396 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
13397 line_info_table_in_use = 1;
13399 /* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section. Note that the (string)
13400 value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE
13401 will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be
13402 taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was
13403 invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled. We will fill
13404 in this value in dwarf2out_finish. */
13405 comp_unit_die = gen_compile_unit_die (NULL);
13407 VARRAY_TREE_INIT (incomplete_types, 64, "incomplete_types");
13409 VARRAY_RTX_INIT (used_rtx_varray, 32, "used_rtx_varray");
13411 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
13412 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label,
13413 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13414 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13416 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label,
13417 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13418 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label,
13419 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13420 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label,
13421 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13422 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13423 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, abbrev_section_label);
13424 named_section_flags (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13425 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_info_section_label);
13426 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13427 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_line_section_label);
13429 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13431 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13432 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label,
13433 DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13434 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, macinfo_section_label);
13438 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, text_section_label);
13441 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
13442 ht_forall. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
13445 output_indirect_string (void **h, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
13447 struct indirect_string_node *node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *h;
13449 if (node->form == DW_FORM_strp)
13451 named_section_flags (DEBUG_STR_SECTION, DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS);
13452 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, node->label);
13453 assemble_string (node->str, strlen (node->str) + 1);
13461 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children.
13462 Be cool if the mark isn't set. */
13465 prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
13469 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
13470 prune_unmark_dies (c);
13474 /* Given DIE that we're marking as used, find any other dies
13475 it references as attributes and mark them as used. */
13478 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref die)
13482 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
13484 if (a->dw_attr_val.val_class == dw_val_class_die_ref)
13486 /* A reference to another DIE.
13487 Make sure that it will get emitted. */
13488 prune_unused_types_mark (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die, 1);
13490 else if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_decl_file)
13492 /* A reference to a file. Make sure the file name is emitted. */
13493 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned =
13494 maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
13500 /* Mark DIE as being used. If DOKIDS is true, then walk down
13501 to DIE's children. */
13504 prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref die, int dokids)
13508 if (die->die_mark == 0)
13510 /* We haven't done this node yet. Mark it as used. */
13513 /* We also have to mark its parents as used.
13514 (But we don't want to mark our parents' kids due to this.) */
13515 if (die->die_parent)
13516 prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_parent, 0);
13518 /* Mark any referenced nodes. */
13519 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
13521 /* If this node is a specification,
13522 also mark the definition, if it exists. */
13523 if (get_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_declaration) && die->die_definition)
13524 prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_definition, 1);
13527 if (dokids && die->die_mark != 2)
13529 /* We need to walk the children, but haven't done so yet.
13530 Remember that we've walked the kids. */
13534 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
13536 /* If this is an array type, we need to make sure our
13537 kids get marked, even if they're types. */
13538 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_array_type)
13539 prune_unused_types_mark (c, 1);
13541 prune_unused_types_walk (c);
13547 /* Walk the tree DIE and mark types that we actually use. */
13550 prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref die)
13554 /* Don't do anything if this node is already marked. */
13558 switch (die->die_tag) {
13559 case DW_TAG_const_type:
13560 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
13561 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
13562 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
13563 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
13564 case DW_TAG_typedef:
13565 case DW_TAG_array_type:
13566 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
13567 case DW_TAG_union_type:
13568 case DW_TAG_class_type:
13569 case DW_TAG_friend:
13570 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
13571 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
13572 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
13573 case DW_TAG_string_type:
13574 case DW_TAG_set_type:
13575 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
13576 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
13577 case DW_TAG_file_type:
13578 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
13582 /* Mark everything else. */
13588 /* Now, mark any dies referenced from here. */
13589 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
13591 /* Mark children. */
13592 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
13593 prune_unused_types_walk (c);
13597 /* Remove from the tree DIE any dies that aren't marked. */
13600 prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref die)
13602 dw_die_ref c, p, n;
13604 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
13607 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = n)
13612 prune_unused_types_prune (c);
13620 die->die_child = n;
13627 /* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use. */
13630 prune_unused_types (void)
13633 limbo_die_node *node;
13635 /* Clear all the marks. */
13636 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die);
13637 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
13638 prune_unmark_dies (node->die);
13640 /* Set the mark on nodes that are actually used. */
13641 prune_unused_types_walk (comp_unit_die);
13642 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
13643 prune_unused_types_walk (node->die);
13645 /* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the
13646 pubname_table or arange_table. */
13647 for (i = 0; i < pubname_table_in_use; i++)
13648 prune_unused_types_mark (pubname_table[i].die, 1);
13649 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++)
13650 prune_unused_types_mark (arange_table[i], 1);
13652 /* Get rid of nodes that aren't marked. */
13653 prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die);
13654 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
13655 prune_unused_types_prune (node->die);
13657 /* Leave the marks clear. */
13658 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die);
13659 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
13660 prune_unmark_dies (node->die);
13663 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
13664 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
13667 dwarf2out_finish (const char *filename)
13669 limbo_die_node *node, *next_node;
13670 dw_die_ref die = 0;
13672 /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from
13673 dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH. */
13674 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die, filename);
13675 if (filename[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR)
13676 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die);
13677 else if (get_AT (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_comp_dir) == NULL)
13680 for (i = 1; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
13681 if (VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, i)[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR
13682 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
13683 && VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, i)[0] != '<')
13685 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die);
13690 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
13691 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
13692 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
13693 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
13695 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = next_node)
13697 next_node = node->next;
13700 if (die->die_parent == NULL)
13702 dw_die_ref origin = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin);
13705 add_child_die (origin->die_parent, die);
13706 else if (die == comp_unit_die)
13708 else if (errorcount > 0 || sorrycount > 0)
13709 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
13710 add_child_die (comp_unit_die, die);
13713 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
13714 nested function can be optimized away, which results
13715 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
13716 with the return type of that nested function. Force
13717 this to be a child of the containing function.
13719 It may happen that even the containing function got fully
13720 inlined and optimized out. In that case we are lost and
13721 assign the empty child. This should not be big issue as
13722 the function is likely unreachable too. */
13723 tree context = NULL_TREE;
13725 gcc_assert (node->created_for);
13727 if (DECL_P (node->created_for))
13728 context = DECL_CONTEXT (node->created_for);
13729 else if (TYPE_P (node->created_for))
13730 context = TYPE_CONTEXT (node->created_for);
13732 gcc_assert (context && TREE_CODE (context) == FUNCTION_DECL);
13734 origin = lookup_decl_die (context);
13736 add_child_die (origin, die);
13738 add_child_die (comp_unit_die, die);
13743 limbo_die_list = NULL;
13745 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
13746 emit full debugging info for them. */
13747 retry_incomplete_types ();
13749 /* We need to reverse all the dies before break_out_includes, or
13750 we'll see the end of an include file before the beginning. */
13751 reverse_all_dies (comp_unit_die);
13753 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
13754 prune_unused_types ();
13756 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
13757 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
13758 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
13759 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die);
13761 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
13762 that have children. */
13763 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die);
13764 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
13765 add_sibling_attributes (node->die);
13767 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
13769 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
13771 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
13772 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
13773 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
13774 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
13775 examining the file. */
13776 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
13778 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13779 output_line_info ();
13782 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
13783 if (have_location_lists)
13785 /* Output the location lists info. */
13786 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13787 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label,
13788 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13789 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, loc_section_label);
13790 output_location_lists (die);
13791 have_location_lists = 0;
13794 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
13796 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use == 0)
13798 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_low_pc, text_section_label);
13799 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_high_pc, text_end_label);
13802 /* If it wasn't, we need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
13803 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become absolute. */
13804 else if (have_location_lists || ranges_table_in_use)
13805 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_entry_pc, const0_rtx);
13807 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
13808 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_stmt_list,
13809 debug_line_section_label);
13811 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13812 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_macro_info, macinfo_section_label);
13814 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
13815 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
13816 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
13817 output_comp_unit (node->die, 0);
13819 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die, 0);
13821 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
13822 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13823 output_abbrev_section ();
13825 /* Output public names table if necessary. */
13826 if (pubname_table_in_use)
13828 named_section_flags (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13829 output_pubnames ();
13832 /* Output the address range information. We only put functions in the arange
13833 table, so don't write it out if we don't have any. */
13834 if (fde_table_in_use)
13836 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13840 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
13841 if (ranges_table_in_use)
13843 named_section_flags (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13844 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, ranges_section_label);
13848 /* Have to end the macro section. */
13849 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13851 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13852 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
13855 /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
13857 if (debug_str_hash)
13858 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash, output_indirect_string, NULL);
13862 /* This should never be used, but its address is needed for comparisons. */
13863 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks;
13865 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
13867 #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"